Gave General Catalogue en-GC2017 - Low - Unlock

General catalogue
Industrial switching, control and protection
General catalogue
www.gave.com
P. +34 93 842 22 12
c/ Alfred Nobel, nr. 16, P. O. Box 12 F. +34 93 842 22 27 Follow us on:
PI. Valldoriolf, 08430 La Roca del Vallès gave@gave.com

Barcelona (SPAIN) www.gave.com
All information and contents subject to printing or
typographical errors. Product developments may change
information and designations without prior notice.
General catalogue
Company
Cam switches
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Changeover
transfer switches
Water control
Network control
and protection
Fuse protection
Signalling devices
low voltage electrical material

4 Introduction
6 Innovation
7 Quality
Company
Company
Introduction
Since 1944 Gave Electro has been Gave Electro has developed vast
continuously developing product experience and competence on a
ranges in close cooperation with wide range of specialist electro-
product users. technical products including cam
operated switches, automatic
All these years experience have
transfer switches, motorised
built up recognised capabilities
changeover switches, control relays
on product design, development
and fuse protection.
and manufacturing, specifically on
the fields of low voltage control,
breaking and protection.
Our worldwide presence with

distributors in more than 40
countries guarantees qualified «Natural partner
technical support always close to for trade and industry»
our customers.
4
Introduction
«Advanced system on supply chain

management»
An integrated online logistic system controls production, stock and
shipments bringing security to the supply chain of our customers.
Partnership with our leading suppliers bring real added value by integrating
them on the different steps of product development and production.
«Working today on tomorrow

solutions»
Our future is based on strong
technical capabilities on product
design and development realizing
original solutions to customer
specific demands focused on the
fields of electrical control, breaking
and protection.
www.gave.com 5
Company
We understand innovation as Permanent surveillance on

Innovation a systematic process where normative and technological
«Know-how technical capabilities and customer environment ensure a performing

experience drive developments product integrating latest
and technology
to meet market needs. From an technologies while assuring
benefitting your original idea, a qualified technical maximum safety and reliability.
competitiveness» team will sort out a product Market recognition is cause
through all developing stages; of satisfaction to all persons
design, prototyping, laboratory contributing with their daily effort
extensive type testing and on future developments.
production execution.
«Ideas mean progress»
6
Innovation and Quality
Quality
«Heart to safety and reliability»
Our extensive offer has always Through all manufacturing

been distinguished by quality. processes are practiced the quality
All Gave products are designed tests required by the standards
for easy installation and safe plus additional tests determined
operation. Components and raw by a panel of engineers and
material are sourced from a group technical qualified personnel.
of selected suppliers able to Quality assurance is undertaken
guarantee constants high quality. by an auditing process controlling
Modern manufacturing process accuracy on the system operation,
are implemented achieving this guaranteeing product
outstanding levels of precision on reliability at all times..
final products.
Gave Electro
ISO 9001 certified company
Gave has successfully completed ISO
9001:2015 certification process in cooperation
with Bureau Veritas. This certification helps to
demonstrate to customers that they can get
products from Gave with a consistent high
quality. The changes on the updated version of
ISO9001 emphasise risk analysis and process
streamlining, acting as a tool to improve
company competitiveness.
www.gave.com 7
10 Cam switches
11 Product overview
12 Design characteristics
17 Technical data
18 Standard cam operated switches A5 Series

19 Reference system
20 Dimensions
24 Auxiliary contacts
25 Mounting
28 Standard references
44 Special mountings
48 Accessories
56 Standard electrical schemes
63 Special diagrams form
64 Combilight switches
66 Types and reference system
67 Dimensions
68 Position controlled references
71 Signall controlled references
75 Light module sets
78 Accessories
79 Special diagrams form
79 Note: Only one option is possible for each input signal
80 Discrepancy switches
81 Product overview
83 Dimensions
84 Monocolor discrepancy switches
88 Bicolor discrepancy switches
90 Tricolor discrepancy switches
Cam switches
Cam switches
Cam switches
«Cam switches flexibility, the reliable

solution to new design challenges»
Engineering software toolkits have Versatility has become an urgent Cam switch flexibility and their
dramatically transformed project requirement on control new innovative options are the
designs for simple or complex components that need to adapt to right answer to your new design
electrical panels and machines. specific designer requests. challenges.
Innovative concepts have been Cam operated switches are the
dismissed by electrical reliable technology solution that Innovation
components constructional offers safe on load switching with New illumination and signalling
limitations. maximum configuration flexibility. options using latest technologies
10
Introduction
Product overview
Standard switches Combilight switches
Comprehensive range of switches Electrical and indication functions,
and mountings for industrial use. all in one.
A5 switches Position controlled

From 12 to 250A switches
Safety switches Signal controlled

From 12 to 250A switches
Discrepancy switches
Special switches
Handle and pushbutton controls.
(under request)
Monocolor
discrepancy switches
Accessories
Bicolor and tricolor

discrepancy switches
provide intuitive operation and Highly demanding IEC standard

benefits from considerable conditions guarantee circuit
savings in cost and time. isolation under all circumstances.
Safety Installation
User operation is ensured by A wide range of mounting and
all-time reliable position and cabling options enable an easy
status indication. integration on new designs.
www.gave.com 11
Cam switches
General characteristics
Designed specially for industrial requirements
The particular needs of OEMs are It is also common to require Product design on A5/L5 series
typically conditioned by the specific versions with dedicated includes a number of intrinsic
installation environment and fixing parts, wiring connections or features that ensure maximum
often involve the use of a large special devices. product reliability in industrial
number of contacts. applications.
The shaft made of

galvanized steel with high
Contact cells with
resistance to bending and
deep inlet locking
torsion ensures optimal
system that provides
contacts opening and
great strength to the
closing.
assembly.
Metal rods extending

longitudinally through the
breaking mechanism and contact
cells provide high robustness to
the complete set.
Insulating
The movement of
Positively driven barriers
the positive
operation Spring opening cams 
causes the moving
Welded contacts or a broken  support  to move
 upwards, forcing
spring can be the cause of a
 disconnection of
serious failure in an industrial
contacts bridge 
facility. Positive opening Shaft from the fixed
actuator
contacts ensures that NC/NO contacts .

contacts are not simultaneously
connected.
12
Introduction
Protection
degree IP20
Terminals protected
against solid objects up
to 12,5mm according
to IEC 60529.
Advanced
electromechanics
High electrical
endurance (3 times
above standard Marking
requirements).
Product marked with
permanent ink
indicating reference
and electrical
characteristics.
Insert bolts
Bolts inserted on the
breaking mechanism
Clamp-yoke making simple switch
connection mounting, saving time
and avoiding loose
Contact surfaces
components.
grooved for optimal
grip and conductivity.
Internal and
external links
Simple "click" front
Factory assembled links.
Insulated external links plate fixing
protect against direct Front plate designed for
contact on live parts. easy fixing by simple
push-in on the
mounting plate.
IEC 60947-3
Switch-disconnector Cam technology
The best electrical and mechanical endurance
«A mechanical connection device capable of making,
carrying and breaking currents under normal circuit Low rating industrial applications are characterised by
conditions, possibly including specified operating continuous switching operations that entail constant
overload conditions, and for a specified duration on load current making and breaking. Cam technology
carrying currents in abnormal circuit conditions such is well known for its remarkable electromechanical
as short-circuit conditions (a switch may be able to endurance that offers outstanding characteristics
make short-circuit currents, but it cannot break them). reaching up to 20 times the standard value
In its breaking position meets the specific insulation requirements which makes it the best solution for such
conditions required for a circuit disconnector.» industrial applications.
www.gave.com 13
Cam switches
Dedicated components and designs
Connection system
Clamping yoke connection known as the best on the market.
• Secure connection stable on temperature changes and vibrations.
• Captive screw.
• Surface treatment for minimum contact resistance.
Double breaking mechanisms

A high number of contacts or an improvement on electrical characteristics
can be achieved by increasing the force on the breaking mechanism. The
solution is a system with several breaking mechanisms (double or triple).
The double mechanism system can also be used to design released switches
so that the speed and force are independent of operator action as defined
in IEC 947-3 2.14.
Precision mechanics
Computer aided engineering is used to analyse different mechanical
options. Kinematic characteristics are examined and virtual tests are
performed prior to prototyping stage. Variables to combine are:
• Springs force on breaking mechanism and contact cells.
• Design on the breaking mechanism star.
• Contact cams design.
Individual control of contacts behaviour is used to guarantee electrical
simultaneity during make/break operations.
Stroke
-45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
9-10
Contact number
11-12
13-14
15-16
17-18
19-20
21-22
23-24
25-26
27-28
29-30
Closed contact
14
Introduction
Contact elements
Contacts on the standard product range are based on silver alloys that are
characterised by high arc and welding resistance while maintaining
stability at high temperatures and providing remarkable erosion
endurance.
Plastic materials
The switch body is made of polyester reinforced with fibreglass featuring
high electrical characteristics. The material is UL certified and provides
excellent insulating properties (CTI index) and arc resistance (HAI index).
Safety in case of emergency is guaranteed by its self-extinguishing
properties.
Fixing elements, actuators and special connections

Industrial equipment manufacturers are typically constrained by a large
number of limitations when developing their designs, consequently high
switch adaptability in fixing and connection is essential to fit on industrial
designs.
Special shafts, fixing plates, screw specific materials and heads, individual
output terminals, ...
www.gave.com 15
Cam switches
Suitable for harsh environments
Gave is able to provide product solutions for applications in harsh

environments such as highly corrosive atmospheres, fire resistance,
electromagnetic pollution, ...
The requirements of these applications involve the use of adapted
components including the use of special materials.
Contact elements
Control and signalling in harsh environment sometimes requires some
specific contact elements, specially under low current and/or low voltage
application. Gold flashed contacts are available. The below selection table
is used to establish when gold plated contact is required based on its
voltage and current operation.
1 10 20 30 40 50 150 mA
Clean atmosphere 6 to 220V
Oxidising atmosphere 6V
24V
48V
72V
110V
220V
Ag Ni 90 - 10 Ag Ni 90 - 10 gold flash 3μ
Advanced materials
Critical parts on standard products and complete assemblies on F-Protec
series use high performance polymers mixed with additives able to endure
erosion while providing an outstanding dimensional stability under normal
or high temperature conditions (controlled CTE).
Metallic parts
Highly corrosive atmospheres such as those on chemical industries, heavy
industries and offshore installations may require the use of stainless steel
parts. We can make special stainless steel parts such as rods, shafts, springs,
screws and nuts.
Applications on environments highly sensitive to electromagnetic pollution
may require the use of brass metal parts, we can make special production
series on terminals, bolts and shafts.
16
Introduction
Technical data
¡ATTENTION!
Retighten all connection screws after
wiring the equipment.
12A 16A 25A 25A 32A 40A 63A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A
Fixing 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Size D0 D0 D0 D1 D1 D1 D2 D2 D2 D3 D3 D3
Thermal rating Ith A 16 20 25 25 40 40 70 100 125 160 200 250
Max. fuse protection (gG-aM) In A 20 25 25 25 40 40 80 125 125 160 200 250
Impulse voltage Uimp kV 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Conditional shortcircuit
Icc kA 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 - - -
current
Operating voltage Ue V~ 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Insulating voltage V~ 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Insulating voltage V… 400 400 400 400 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
Operational rating Ie A 12 16 25 25 32 40 63 100 125 160 200 250
Wire Flexible mm2 2,5 - 6 2,5 - 6 2,5 - 6 6 - 16 6 - 16 6 - 16 16 - 50 16 - 50 16 - 50 70 95 120

section AWG 10 10 10 10 6 6 6-1 6-1 6-1 - - -
Torque Nm 1,6 1,6 1,6 2 2 2 3,5 3,5 3,5 - - -
Connection screws M4 M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8
Terminal
AC 21 kW 3 x 230V 3 5,5 7,5 7,5 11 15 22 37 37 45 55 75
Dummy kW 3 x 400V 7,5 11 15 15 18,5 22 37 55 75 90 110 132
cosØ >0,95 kW 3 x 500V 11 15 18,5 18,5 22 30 45 75 90 110 132 160
AC 22 kW 3 x 230V 2,2 4 7,5 7,5 7,5 11 22 30 30 37 45 55
Mixed load kW 3 x 400V 5,5 7,5 11 11 15 22 30 45 55 75 90 110
0,65 <cosØ <0,95 kW 3 x 500V 7,5 11 15 15 18,5 22 37 55 75 90 110 132
AC 23 kW 3 x 230V 2,2 3 4 4 5,5 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 30 38 -
Motor load VA kW 3 x 400V 4 5,5 7,5 7,5 11 18,5 22 30 37 52 65 -
0,45 <cosØ <0,65 kW 3 x 500V 5,5 7,5 11 11 15 22 30 37 45 65 80 -
AC 11 VA 3 x 110V 600 1000 1400 1400 2000 - - - - - - -
Circuit loads VA 3 x 230V 1200 2000 2800 2800 4000 - - - - - - -
Magnetic VA 3 x 430V 2000 3500 4800 4800 7000 - - - - - - -

1-phase 110-120V hp 1 1,5 2 2 2 2 5 10 10 - - -
1-phase 220-240V hp 1,5 2 3 3 3 5 10 15 15 - - -

UL 508
3-phase 220-240V hp 1 2 2 2 7,5 7,5 15 25 25 - - -
Manual
motor 3-phase 380-415V hp 2 2 3 3 10 10 25 30 30 - - -
controller
3-phase 440-480V hp 3 3 5 5 10 15 30 40 40 - - -
3-phase 550-600V hp 3 5 7 7 15 20 32 50 50 - - -
www.gave.com 17
Cam switches
A5 Series
Standard cam operated switches
An introduction to the market multiple contacts and positions

leader cam switches product without compromising its high
«A compact and
offer characterised by its electrical characteristics. efficient range»
robustness and reliability. The range also is well known
A complete range that allows any for its adaptability to industrial
type of electrical scheme with applications.
Size D0 Size D1 Size D2 Size D3

Up to 25A Up to 40A Up to 125A Up to 250A
18
A5 Series
Reference system
Cam switches technology is assortment of accessories.

typically defined by its large Referencing tailor made solutions
production flexibility permitting is determined by production units
special solutions to multiple and will generate a constructive
specific requirements that we file permitting livelong tracking
find in the industrial world. and future duplicates. Most
These requirements are common products can be ordered
characterised by a variety of by standardised references as
electrical schemes, large number detailed on the following
of mounting possibilities and an reference system description.
0 12 A 3 32 A 7 100 A A 160 A
A Standard (A5)
L Lateral (L5) 1 16 A 4 40 A 9 125 A B 200 A
2 25 A 6 63 A C 250 A
Series
Rating
A - 552 2 1 0 0
Mounting type
0 Panel mounting
Handle 2 Key lockable handle

3 Key interlock
- Standard 6 With undervoltage release
7 IP65 plastic enclosed switch
A Reverse colour to standard (switches only)
8 Aluminium enclosed switch
9 Inox enclosed switch
B Padlock locking (red / yellow)
C Padlock locking (grey / black) Electrical

scheme Front plate type
See page 56
I Front plate and screw handle in black 0 Standard
- Without plate and handle
N Black colour in front plate and handle

Fixing
H Lockout handle (red / yellow)
0 Fixing 36 x 36
1 Fixing 48 x 48
J Lockout handle (grey / black)
www.gave.com 19
Cam switches
Dimensions for standard connection
A5 standard series are defined by switch 90 degrees in either installation requirements. This
its outstanding compact size. The direction in order to adjust the possibility also exists for rear
fixing system enables to rotate the input/output cables to the mounting and DIN rail mounting.
Size D0
Special fixings
12,5 10 8 36 28 30/32
25 L 48 48 48
1,6
Nm Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Length (L) 30,5 40,5 50,5 60,5 70,5 80,5 90,5 100,5 110,5 120,5 130,5 140,5
PZ2
values in mm
Size D1
14,3 12 10 48
33 L 60
2,0
Nm Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Length (L) 36,3 48,3 60,3 72,3 84,3 96,3 108,3 120,3 132,3 144,3 156,3 168,3
PZ2
values in mm
20
A5 Series
Size D2
78
150
14,5 16,5 15 48
34 L 66
54
3,5
Nm Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Length (L) 46,0 62,5 79,0 95,5 112,0 128,5 145,0 161,5 178,0 194,5
PZ3
Lever handle from 100A switches

values in mm
Size D3
117
150
14,5 33 15 48
L 66
3,5 12
Nm Nm Cells 1 2 3 4 5
13 Length (L) 62,5 95,5 128,5 161,5 194,5
PZ3 hexagonal
54 values in mm
www.gave.com 21
Cam switches
Dimensions for lateral connection
Cabinets with confined spaces and its special shape we find a the same side. It is also very useful
pose a challenge especially when solution to this problem. L series on devices with a large number of
the device should be installed near shape offers a blind face and all contacts as it facilitates control and
the cabinet walls, using the L series screwing operations are made from maintenance operations.
Size D0-L
Special fixings
65 65 65
12,5 10 8 36 28 30/32
25 L 48 48 48
1,6
Nm Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Length (L) 30,5 40,5 50,5 60,5 70,5 80,5 90,5 100,5 110,5 120,5 130,5 140,5
PZ2
values in mm
Size D1-L
70
14,3 12 10 48
33 L 60
2,0
Nm Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Length (L) 36,3 48,3 60,3 72,3 84,3 96,3 108,3 120,3 132,3 144,3 156,3 168,3
PZ2
values in mm
22
A5 Series
Size D2-L
150
48
14,5 16,5 15 66
34 L 102
54
3,5
Nm Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Length (L) 46,0 62,5 79,0 95,5 112,0 128,5 145,0 161,5 178,0 194,5
PZ3
values in mm
Size D3-L
54 29 152,8
117
150
48
14,5 33 15 66
L 102
3,5 12
Nm Nm Cells 1 2 3 4 5
13 Length (L) 62,5 95,5 128,5 161,5 194,5
PZ3 hexagonal
values in mm
www.gave.com 23
Cam switches
Auxiliary contacts
General characteristics Reference system

• On 55x, 56x and 57x The first digit on the electrical scheme is exchanged by a letter indicating the
electrical references. auxiliary contact type.
• Auxiliary contact 12A.
• Mounted on independent
cells.
A - 52 2 1 0 0
Electrical schemes
Auxiliary contacts:
A 1 simultaneous auxiliary contact (close at the same time with main contacts)
B 1 early make / late break auxiliary contact (close before main contacts)
C 1 early break / late make auxiliary contact (open before main contacts)
D 2 simultaneous auxiliary contacts (close at the same time with main contacts)
E 2 early make / late break auxiliary contact (close before main contacts)
F 2 early break / late make auxiliary contact (open before main contacts)
G 2 simultaneous auxiliary contacts 1NO+1NC (only on-off switches)
H 4 simultaneous auxiliary contacts (close at the same time with main contacts)
Dimensions
Size D0 Size D1 Size D2 and D3
10 8 10 8
10 8
24
A5 Series
Mounting possibilities
Interlock kit with

prolonged shaft
Rear mounting
IP65 gaskets
Protector
Direct handles Lever handle
Handle Plate
DIN rail
NVR Plate NV Plate Screw handle
mounting
Lockout handles Padlockable handles
More accessories on page 48.
www.gave.com 25
Cam switches
Mounting schemes
Front mounting
Size D0 Size D1
36
0 48
Ø1
0
Ø1
36
48
,5
Ø4
,5
Ø4
Size D2 Size D3
48 48
4
Ø1 Ø1
4
48
48
,5
Ø4 Ø4
,5
26
A5 Series
Rear Mounting
Size D0/D1 Size D2/D3
78 ,5
Ø4
36 ,5
Ø4
Ref. AK0000006
See page 48
78
36
Ref. AK0000003
See page 48
DIN Mounting Prolonged shaft and interlock
Ref. AK0100007
See page 48 Clutches
See page 49
ØC
Ø 4,5
values in mm
Size In (A) A B C
D0 12-16-25 36 36 10
D1 25-32-40 48 48 10
D2-D3 63-100-125-160-200-250 48 48 14
www.gave.com 27
Cam switches
Standard references
Switches
Size D0
Poles Cells Scheme 12A 16A 25A

1 1 550 A-5500000 A-5501000 A-5502000
2 1 551 A-5510000 A-5511000 A-5512000
3 2 552 A-5520000 A-5521000 A-5522000
4 2 553 A-5530000 A-5531000 A-5532000
0
I 5 3 555 A-5550000 A-5551000 A-5552000
6 3 556 A-5560000 A-5561000 A-5562000
7 4 557 A-5570000 A-5571000 A-5572000
Size D1
1 1 550 A-5502100 A-5503100 A-5504100
2 1 551 A-5512100 A-5513100 A-5514100
3 2 552 A-5522100 A-5523100 A-5524100
4 2 553 A-5532100 A-5533100 A-5534100
5 3 555 A-5552100 A-5553100 A-5554100
0
I 6 3 556 A-5562100 A-5563100 A-5564100
7 4 557 A-5572100 A-5573100 A-5574100
Size D2
1 1 550 A-5506100 A-5507100 A-5509100
2 1 551 A-5516100 A-5517100 A-5519100
3 2 552 A-5526100 A-5527100 A-5529100
4 2 553 A-5536100 A-5537100 A-5539100
5 3 555 A-5556100 A-5557100
0
6 3 556 A-5566100 A-5567100
I
7 4 557 A-5576100 A-5577100
28
A5 Series
Switches
Size D3

1 1 550 A-550A100 A-550B100 A-550C100
2 1 551 A-551A100 A-551B100 A-551C100
3 2 552 A-552A100 A-552B100 A-552C100
4 2 553 A-553A100 A-553B100 A-553C100
0
I
Switches with spring return to 0

Size D0
1 1 820 A-8200000 A-8201000 A-8202000
Size D1
Poles Cells Scheme 25A
0 I
1 1 820 A-8202100
www.gave.com 29
Cam switches
Standard references
Changeover switches 1-0-2

Size D0
1 1 560 A-5600000 A-5601000 A-5602000
2 2 561 A-5610000 A-5611000 A-5612000
3 3 562 A-5620000 A-5621000 A-5622000
4 4 563 A-5630000 A-5631000 A-5632000
0
1 2 5 5 565 A-5650000 A-5651000 A-5652000
6 6 566 A-5660000 A-5661000 A-5662000
Size D1
1 1 560 A-5602100 A-5603100 A-5604100
2 2 561 A-5612100 A-5613100 A-5614100
3 3 562 A-5622100 A-5623100 A-5624100
4 4 563 A-5632100 A-5633100 A-5634100
5 5 565 A-5652100 A-5653100 A-5654100
0
1 2 6 6 566 A-5662100 A-5663100 A-5664100
Size D2
1 1 560 A-5606100 A-5607100 A-5609100
2 2 561 A-5616100 A-5617100 A-5619100
3 3 562 A-5626100 A-5627100 A-5629100
4 4 563 A-5636100 A-5637100 A-5639100
5 5 565 A-5656100 A-5657100
6 6 566 A-5666100 A-5667100
0
1 2
30
A5 Series

Size D3
1 1 560 A-560A100 A-560B100 A-560C100
2 2 561 A-561A100 A-561B100 A-561C100
3 3 562 A-562A100 A-562B100 A-562C100
4 4 563 A-563A100 A-563B100 A-563C100
0
1 2
Changeover switches 1-0-2 with spring return to 0

Size D0
1 1 830 A-8300000 A-8301000 A-8302000
Size D1
Poles Cells Scheme 25A
1 0 2
1 1 830 A-8302100
www.gave.com 31
Cam switches
Standard references
Changeover switches 1-2

Size D0
1 1 570 A-5700000 A-5701000 A-5702000
2 2 571 A-5710000 A-5711000 A-5712000
3 3 572 A-5720000 A-5721000 A-5722000
4 4 573 A-5730000 A-5731000 A-5732000
1 2
5 5 575 A-5750000 A-5751000 A-5752000
6 6 576 A-5760000 A-5761000 A-5762000
Size D1
1 1 570 A-5702100 A-5703100 A-5704100
2 2 571 A-5712100 A-5713100 A-5714100
3 3 572 A-5722100 A-5723100 A-5724100
4 4 573 A-5732100 A-5733100 A-5734100
5 5 575 A-5752100 A-5753100 A-5754100
1 2
6 6 576 A-5762100 A-5763100 A-5764100
Size D2
1 1 570 A-5706100 A-5707100 A-5709100
2 2 571 A-5716100 A-5717100 A-5719100
3 3 572 A-5726100 A-5727100 A-5729100
4 4 573 A-5736100 A-5737100 A-5739100
5 5 575 A-5756100 A-5757100
6 6 576 A-5766100 A-5767100
1 2
32
A5 Series
Size D3
1 1 570 A-570A100 A-570B100 A-570C100
2 2 571 A-571A100 A-571B100 A-571C100
3 3 572 A-572A100 A-572B100 A-572C100
4 4 573 A-573A100 A-573B100 A-573C100
1 2
Step switches without 0 position

SINGLE POLE
Size D0
Positions Cells Scheme 12A 16A 25A
3 2 580 A-5800000 A-5801000 A-5802000
4 2 581 A-5810000 A-5811000 A-5812000
5 3 582 A-5820000 A-5821000 A-5822000
2 3 2 3
1 1 4
Size D1
580 581 3 2 580 A-5802100 A-5803100 A-5804100
2 3
4 2 581 A-5812100 A-5813100 A-5814100
1 4 5 3 582 A-5822100 A-5823100 A-5824100
5
582
Size D2
Positions Cells Scheme 63A 100A
3 2 580 A-5806100 A-5807100
4 2 581 A-5816100 A-5817100
5 3 582 A-5826100 A-5827100
www.gave.com 33
Cam switches
Standard references
Step switches without 0 position

DOUBLE POLE
Size D0
3 3 590 A-5900000 A-5901000 A-5902000
4 4 591 A-5910000 A-5911000 A-5912000
5 5 592 A-5920000 A-5921000 A-5922000
2 3 2 3 Size D1
1 1 4
3 3 590 A-5902100 A-5903100 A-5904100
590 591
4 4 591 A-5912100 A-5913100 A-5914100
2 3 5 5 592 A-5922100 A-5923100 A-5924100
1 4
Size D2
5

592
3 3 590 A-5906100 A-5907100
4 4 591 A-5916100 A-5917100
5 5 592 A-5926100 A-5927100
TRIPLE POLE
Size D0
3 5 600 A-6000000 A-6001000 A-6002000
4 6 601 A-6010000 A-6011000 A-6012000
5 8 602 A-6020000 A-6021000 A-6022000
2 3 2 3
Size D1
1 1 4

600 601
3 5 600 A-6002100 A-6003100 A-6004100
4 6 601 A-6012100 A-6013100 A-6014100
2 3
5 8 602 A-6022100 A-6023100 A-6024100
1 4
5 Size D2
602
3 5 600 A-6006100 A-6007100
4 6 601 A-6016100 A-6017100
5 8 602 A-6026100 A-6027100
34
A5 Series
Step switches with 0 position

SINGLE POLE
Size D0
2 1 610 A-6100000 A-6101000 A-6102000
3 2 611 A-6110000 A-6111000 A-6112000
4 2 612 A-6120000 A-6121000 A-6122000
5 3 613 A-6130000 A-6131000 A-6132000
1 1 2
0 2
6 3 614 A-6140000 A-6141000 A-6142000
0 3
7 4 615 A-6150000 A-6151000 A-6152000

610 611
Size D1
3 4 1 2
2
1 Positions Cells Scheme 25A 32A 40A
0 0 3
2 1 610 A-6102100 A-6103100 A-6104100
5 4
612 613
3 2 611 A-6112100 A-6113100 A-6114100
4 2 612 A-6122100 A-6123100 A-6124100
2 2
1 3 1 3
5 3 613 A-6132100 A-6133100 A-6134100
0 4 0 4
5 7 5 6 3 614 A-6142100 A-6143100 A-6144100

6 6
614 615 7 4 615 A-6152100 A-6153100 A-6154100
Size D2
2 1 610 A-6106100 A-6107100
3 2 611 A-6116100 A-6117100
4 2 612 A-6126100 A-6127100
5 3 613 A-6136100 A-6137100
6 3 614 A-6146100 A-6147100
7 4 615 A-6156100 A-6157100
www.gave.com 35
Cam switches
Standard references
Step switches with 0 position

DOUBLE POLE
Size D0
2 2 620 A-6200000 A-6201000 A-6202000
3 3 621 A-6210000 A-6211000 A-6212000
4 4 622 A-6220000 A-6221000 A-6222000
5 5 623 A-6230000 A-6231000 A-6232000
1 2
1 3
0 2
6 7 624 A-6240000 A-6241000 A-6242000
0
7 8 625 A-6250000 A-6251000 A-6252000

620 621
Size D1
2
3 4 2
3 4 Positions Cells Scheme 25A 32A 40A
1 1 5
0 0 2 2 620 A-6202100 A-6203100 A-6204100
3 3 621 A-6212100 A-6213100 A-6214100
622 623
4 4 622 A-6222100 A-6223100 A-6224100
2 2 5 5 623 A-6232100 A-6233100 A-6234100
1 3 1 3
0 4 0 4 6 7 624 A-6242100 A-6243100 A-6244100

5 7 5
6 6 7 8 625 A-6252100 A-6253100 A-6254100
624 625
Size D2
2 2 620 A-6206100 A-6207100
3 3 621 A-6216100 A-6217100
4 4 622 A-6226100 A-6227100
5 5 623 A-6236100 A-6237100
6 7 624 A-6246100 A-6247100
7 8 625 A-6256100 A-6257100
TRIPLE POLE
Size D0
2 3 630 A-6300000 A-6301000 A-6302000
3 5 631 A-6310000 A-6311000 A-6312000
4 6 632 A-6320000 A-6321000 A-6322000
36
A5 Series
1
1
2
3
Size D1
0 2
0
2 3 630 A-6302100 A-6303100 A-6304100
630 631
3 5 631 A-6312100 A-6313100 A-6314100
3
1
2 4 4 6 632 A-6322100 A-6323100 A-6324100
0
Size D2
632 Positions Cells Scheme 63A 100A

2 3 630 A-6306100 A-6307100
3 5 631 A-6316100 A-6317100
4 6 632 A-6326100 A-6327100
Star-delta changeover switches

Size D0
3 4 640 A-6400000 A-6401000 A-6402000
3* 4 641 A-6410000 A-6411000 A-6412000
5 5 643 A-6430000 A-6431000 A-6432000
3 4 647 A-6470000 A-6471000 A-6472000
Y Y
0
0 Δ
Size D1
Δ

640 641 3 4 640 A-6402100 A-6403100 A-6404100
0 0
3* 4 641 A-6412100 A-6413100 A-6414100
Y Y
Y
Δ
Δ Δ
5 5 643 A-6432100 A-6433100 A-6434100
3 4 647 A-6472100 A-6473100 A-6474100
643 647
Size D2
3 4 640 A-6406100 A-6407100
3* 4 641 A-6416100 A-6417100
5 5 643 A-6436100 A-6437100
3 4 647 A-6476100 A-6477100
* With spring return to off
www.gave.com 37
Cam switches
Standard references
Reversing switches
Size D0
2 2 670 A-6700000 A-6701000 A-6702000
3 3 671 A-6710000 A-6711000 A-6712000
3* 3 871 A-8710000 A-8711000 A-8712000
Size D1
0 Positions Cells Scheme 25A 32A 40A
1 2
2 2 670 A-6702100 A-6703100 A-6704100
3 3 671 A-6712100 A-6713100 A-6714100
670 / 671 3* 3 871 A-8712100
1 0 2 Size D2
2 2 670 A-6706100 A-6707100
871
3 3 671 A-6716100 A-6717100
3* 3 871
* With spring return to off
Pole changing switches for 2 speeds

Size D0
3 4 680 A-6800000 A-6801000 A-6802000
3 4 681 A-6810000 A-6811000 A-6812000
3 7 682 A-6820000 A-6821000 A-6822000
Size D1
1 0 Positions Cells Scheme 25A 32A 40A

0 2 1 2
3 4 680 A-6802100 A-6803100 A-6804100
3 4 681 A-6812100 A-6813100 A-6814100
680 681 3 7 682 A-6822100 A-6823100 A-6824100
0 Size D2
1 1
2 2 Positions Cells Scheme 63A 100A

3 4 680 A-6806100 A-6807100
682
3 4 681 A-6816100 A-6817100
3 7 682 A-6826100 A-6827100
38
A5 Series

Size D0
4 6 700 A-7000000 A-7001000 A-7002000
Size D1
4 6 700 A-7002100 A-7003100 A-7004100
2
1 3
0
Size D2
4 6 700 A-7006100 A-7007100
Voltmeter changeover switches
Size D0
Phases Cells Scheme 12A 16A 25A
3 2 743 A-7430000 A-7431000 A-7432000
3+N 2 744 A-7440000 A-7441000 A-7442000
3+N 3 746 A-7460000 A-7461000 A-7462000
3 4 747 A-7470000 A-7471000 A-7472000
0 0
RS RO
ST SO
Size D1
TR TO
Phases Cells Scheme 25A
743 744 3 2 743 A-7432100
3+N 2 744 A-7442100
0 0
RS RO TR RS
3+N 3 746 A-7462100
ST SO ST ST
TR TO RS TR 3 4 747 A-7472100
746 747
www.gave.com 39
Cam switches
Standard references
Ammeter changeover switches

Size D0
4 4 760 A-7600000 A-7601000 A-7602000
2 3 761 A-7610000 A-7611000 A-7612000
3 5 762 A-7620000 A-7621000 A-7622000
3+N 6 763 A-7630000 A-7631000 A-7632000
3 3 767 A-7670000 A-7671000 A-7672000
2 0
Size D1
1 3 R S
4
4 4 760 A-7602100 A-7603100 A-7604100
760 761
2 3 761 A-7612100 A-7613100 A-7614100
0
3 5 762 A-7622100 A-7623100 A-7624100
T R
3+N 6 763 A-7632100 A-7633100 A-7634100
S 3 3 767 A-7672100 A-7673100 A-7674100
762 / 763 / 767
Group changeover switches

Size D0
Sectors Cells Scheme 12A 16A 25A
2 1 800 A-8000000 A-8001000 A-8002000
1
0 2
Size D1
Sectors Cells Scheme 25A 32A 40A
2 1 800 A-8002100 A-8003100 A-8004100
Circuit breaker for motor starting

Size D0
2 2 840 A-8400000 A-8401000 A-8402000
1 2
Size D1
0

2 2 840 A-8402100 A-8403100 A-8404100
40
A5 Series
Switches with lockout handle

Handle and plate red/yellow
Size D0
0
2 1 AH551 AH5510000 AH5511000 AH5512000
I
3 2 AH552 AH5520000 AH5521000 AH5522000
4 2 AH553 AH5530000 AH5531000 AH5532000
Handle and plate black/grey

Size D0
0 2 1 AJ551 AJ5510000 AJ5511000 AJ5512000
I
3 2 AJ552 AJ5520000 AJ5521000 AJ5522000

4 2 AJ553 AJ5530000 AJ5531000 AJ5532000
www.gave.com 41
Cam switches
Standard references
Safety switches with padlockable handle

Handle and plate red/yellow
Size D0
2 1 AB551 AB5510000 AB5511000 AB5512000
3 2 AB552 AB5520000 AB5521000 AB5522000
4 2 AB553 AB5530000 AB5531000 AB5532000
Size D1
2 1 AB551 AB5512100 AB5513100 AB5514100
3 2 AB552 AB5522100 AB5523100 AB5524100
4 2 AB553 AB5532100 AB5533100 AB5534100
Size D2
2 1 AB551 AB5516100 AB5517100 AB5519100
3 2 AB552 AB5526100 AB5527100 AB5529100
4 2 AB553 AB5536100 AB5537100 AB5539100
Size D3
2 1 AB551 AB551A100 AB551B100 AB551C100
3 2 AB552 AB552A100 AB552B100 AB552C100
4 2 AB553 AB553A100 AB553B100 AB553C100
42
A5 Series
Handle and plate black/grey

Size D0
2 1 AC551 AC5510000 AC5511000 AC5512000
3 2 AC552 AC5520000 AC5521000 AC5522000
4 2 AC553 AC5530000 AC5531000 AC5532000
Size D1
2 1 AC551 AC5512100 AC5513100 AC5514100
3 2 AC552 AC5522100 AC5523100 AC5524100
4 2 AC553 AC5532100 AC5533100 AC5534100
Size D2
2 1 AC551 AC5516100 AC5517100 AC5519100
3 2 AC552 AC5526100 AC5527100 AC5529100
4 2 AC553 AC5536100 AC5537100 AC5539100
Size D3
2 1 AC551 AC551A100 AC551B100 AC551C100
3 2 AC552 AC552A100 AC552B100 AC552C100
4 2 AC553 AC553A100 AC553B100 AC553C100
www.gave.com 43
Cam switches
Special mountings
Mechanical red/green flag indicator

Central red/green flag indicates last executed operation. Indicates the position
of the contacts even though the operating handle is in central position.
Characteristics Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
Central red/green flag indicates latest executed
operation.

24
 48  64 14,3 8 32,5
Voltage selector lock

Front plate and handle with screw insert lock (220 or 380). Aimed at mobile
equipment that might change its operating voltage depending on the
installation they work.
D0 D1 D2 D3
Front plate and handle with screw insert lock that
allows operation from position 0 to 220 or 380.
*  
24
 48  64 14,3 8 32,5
* Cells size D0 with fixing mechanism size D1
44
A5 Series
Unidirectional
It allows the switch actuation in one single direction of rotation. Suitable for
applications where we need to ensure a process sequence.
D0 D1 D2 D3
Allows to operate in a single direction.  
 36
Ø4,5 Ø10
 48 12,5 25
Key operating padlock

Suitable for installations where under any circumstances access control is
required for switch operation.
Standard key removable from one single up to four positions. Maximum
number of cells up to 5 contact on size D0 or 4 size D1.
D0 D1 D2 D3
Standard key removable and lockable up to four
different positions.
 
Security KABA key removable and lockable only in on
position.
 
51  36
12,5 26,8 10
 48
18
10
Ø 22 Ø4,5 Ø 22
 48
21,5
28
Ø 22
12,5 22 13,5
64,8
www.gave.com 45
Cam switches
Special mountings
Key interlock
Intended to those installations where we wish to temporarily restrict access to
the switch actuator. Removable and lockable in any position.
D0 D1 D2 D3
Key removable and lockable in all positions *  
Ø 4,5 Ø 10 14,3 8 8 25
24
 64
116
58
Ø 22,5
Ø 22
24
 48  66 12,5 7,5
Switch lock mounting

One switch can lock the other switch in a preset position. The use of L contact
cells enables to wire the switches mounted on the panel. Screws retightening
on maintenance operations is also possible.
D0 D1 D2 D3
One position in main switch locks operation on
secondary switch.
* 
Ø 4,5 Ø 10
24
 48
136
70
24
 48
* Cells size D0 with fixing mechanism size D1 24 66 14,3 20 8 25
46
A5 Series
Tandem operation
Intended for devices with more than 24 contacts. The use of L contact cells
allows to wire the switch when mounted on the panel. Screws retightening on
maintenance operations is also possible.
D0 D1 D2 D3
Switches above 24 contacts. * 
Ø 4,5 Ø 10
24
 48
Ø60
136
24 66 14,3 20 8 49
Push button interlock

Safety device intended for installations where we want to avoid an inadequate
switch operation. In order to actuate the switch the pushbutton must be kept
pressed.
D0 D1 D2 D3
Push button releases cam switch handle. * 
24 14,3 16 32,5
116
Ø16
 48 66 25 10 8
* Cells size D0 with fixing mechanism size D1
www.gave.com 47
Cam switches
Shafts and fixing plates
Special shafts
D0 D1 D2 D3
Custom made shaft length.
Specific material construction.
   
L
Length L non standard
Crossing shaft
D0 D1 D2 D3
Crossing shaft which runs through the switch body
enabling front or rear actuation.    
Customised shaft lengths.
Base mounting plates

References Includes Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK0000003 2x PZ2  
AK0000006 2x PZ2  
DIN rail mounting plates

References Includes Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK0100007 2x PZ2  
Prolonged shaft
References Length  mm Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK0800003 200 mm 5  
AK0800006 200 mm 8  
48
A5 Series
Clutches
Devices that permit back plate or and padlockable handle). allows door opening uniquely on 0
DIN rail switch mounting while The assembly kits are supplied disconnect position. This increases
keeping with external handle with rear mounting plate or DIN the safety and it is specially
operation. The handle unit rail mounting plate (by model). adequate on main switch or safety
detaches from the rotary shaft The kit without interlock permits switch functions.
when opening the panel door panel door opening in all positions,
(compatible with direct handle and the version with interlock
Kit with prolonged shaft (A)

References
DIN mounting Base mounting Prolonged shaft
Sizes D0 and D1 Sizes D2 and D3 Clutch
plate plate
Interlock
(200mm)
AK1630003 AK1630006   
AK1730003 AK1730006    
AK1640003 AK1640006*   
AK1740003 AK1740006*    
Kit without prolonged shaft (B)

References
DIN mounting Base mounting Prolonged shaft
Sizes D0 and D1 Sizes D2 and D3 Clutch
plate plate
Interlock
(200mm)
AK0230003 AK0230006  
AK0240003 AK0240006*  
A B
Mechanical coding
The shaft and the clutch are
mechanically coded to ensure
the right installation and
operation.
* Only up to 4 cells 63-125A
www.gave.com 49
Cam switches
Handles and plates
Standard handles
References Colour Shaft  (mm) Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK1000010  Grey 5 
AK1000020  Red 5 
AK1000040  Black 5 
AK1000011  Grey 5 
AK1000021  Red 5 
AK1000041  Black 5 
AK1000016  Grey 8 
AK1000026  Red 8 
AK1000046  Black 8 
Standard lever handles

D0 D1 D2 D3
AK1100011  Grey 5 
AK1100021  Red 5 
AK1100041  Black 5 
AK1100016  Grey 8  
AK1100026  Red 8  
AK1100046  Black 8  
Screw handles
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK1010040  Black 5 
AK1010041  Black 5 
AK1010046  Black 8 
50
A5 Series
NV plates (without inscriptions)

NV plates are standard size (48x48 D0 and 64x64 D1-3), are supplied without
any printing and are suitable for different types of labelling. They can support
plotter marking and engraving marking. The surface treatment offer high
adherence making it suitable for attaching labels.
References Colour Availability

D0 D1 D2 D3
AK1800100  Grey 
AK1800200  Red 
AK1800400  Black 
AK1830400  Black and screw fixing 
AK1800104  Grey 
AK1800204  Red 
AK1800404  Black 
AK1830404  Black and screw fixing 
NVR plates (without inscriptions)

NVR plates offer an extended area at the top (48x60 and 64x76) where it can be
displayed the name of the switch function within the same plate where positions
are indicated, thereby operator interfacing with the panel becomes easier.

D0 D1 D2 D3
AK1900100  Grey 
AK1900200  Red 
AK1900104  Grey   
AK1900204  Red   
www.gave.com 51
Cam switches
Handle and plate sets
Standard
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK2000010  Grey 5 
AK2000020  Red 5 
AK2000040  Black 5 
AK2000011  Grey 5 
AK2000021  Red 5 
AK2000041  Black 5 
AK2000016  Grey 8 
AK2000026  Red 8 
AK2000046  Black 8 
AK2000018  Grey 8  
AK2000028  Red 8  
AK2000048  Black 8  
Plates without inscription. For plate models with inscription, consult.
Size D0 Size D1
 48 25  64 33
Size D2 Size D2 and D3

78
150
 64 34
64 54
52
A5 Series
Padlockable
Padlockable handles can use up to 4 padlocks of maximum 8mm diameter.
Locking positions are each 90º. On standard switches the device only locks in
the off position which is located at 0º.
The size of the frontal plate is 64x64 and provides good panel visibility of the
switch.

D0 D1 D2 D3
AK1200523  Red/yellow 5  
AK1200526  Red/yellow 8 
AK1200528  Red/yellow 8  
AK1200143  Black/grey 5  
AK1200146  Black/grey 8 
AK1200148  Black/grey 8  
Size D0 Size D1
72
 64 36 64 37
Size D2 and D3
150
64 53
www.gave.com 53
Cam switches
Handle and plate sets
Lockout
Lockout handles use a cover plate 48x48 and are specially suitable for those
applications with limited space.
Pushing the projecting piece of the knob we can insert up to 3 padlocks of
maximum 4mm diammeter to lock the knob on 0 position.

D0 D1 D2 D3
AK1300523  Red/yellow 
AK1300143  Black/grey 
54
 48 28,5
Voltage selector lock

References Positions Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK2700010 220-0-380 
AK2700046 220-0-380 
AK2700017 380-0-220 
 64 8 32,5
54
A5 Series
Protection accessories
Protectors
References Cells Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK0601000 1 and 2 cells 
AK0602000 3 to 5 cells 
AK0603000 6 to 8 cells 
AK0601001 1 and 2 cells 
AK0602001 3 to 5 cells 
AK0603001 6 to 8 cells 
IP65 gaskets
References Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK2240003  
AK2240006  
Terminal shrouds
References Cells Availability
D0 D1 D2 D3
AK0702009 2 cells 
AK0703009 3 cells 
AK0704009 4 cells 
www.gave.com 55
Cam switches
Standard electrical schemes
Switches
550 1 pole 1 cell 551 2 poles 1 cell 552 3 poles 2 cells
0 0 0
I I I
1 2 1 2 U 3 4 3 4 Y 5 6 5 6 W
550 0 1 R 1 2 1 2 U 3 4 3 4 Y
551 0 1 R S 1 2 1 2 U
552 0 1 R S T
553 4 poles 2 cells 555 5 poles 3 cells 556 6 poles 3 cells

0 0 0
I I I
7 8 7 8 O 9 10 9 10 X 11 12 11 12 X2
5 6 5 6 W 7 8 7 8 O 9 10 9 10 X
3 4 3 4 Y 5 6 5 6 W 7 8 7 8 O
1 2 1 2 U 3 4 3 4 Y 5 6 5 6 W
553 0 1 R S T O 1 2 1 2 U 3 4 3 4 Y
555 0 1 R S T O X 1 2 1 2 U
556 0 1 R S T O X X2
557 7 poles 4 cells 820 1 pole with spring return to 0 1 cell

0 0 I
I
13 14 13 14 Y 1 2 1 2 U
11 12 11 12 X2 820 0 1 R
9 10 9 10 X
7 8 7 8 O
5 6 5 6 T
3 4 3 4 S
1 2 1 2 R
557 0 1 R S T O X X2Y

560 1 pole 1 cell 561 2 poles 2 cells 562 3 poles 3 cells
0 0 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
3 4 R2 3 4 7 8 S2 7 8 11 12 T2 11 12
1 2 R1 1 2 5 6 S1 5 6 9 10 T1 9 10
560 1 0 2 R 3 4 R2 3 4 7 8 S2 7 8
1 2 R1 1 2 5 6 S1 5 6
561 1 0 2 R S 3 4 R2 3 4
1 2 R1 1 2
562 1 0 2 R S T
563 4 poles 4 cells 565 5 poles 5 cells 566 6 poles 6 cells

0 0 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
15 16 O2 15 16 19 20 X2 19 20 23 24 Y2 19 20
13 14 O1 13 14 17 18 X1 17 18 21 22 Y1 17 18
11 12 T2 11 12 15 16 O2 15 16 19 20 X2 19 20
9 10 T1 9 10 13 14 O1 13 14 17 18 X1 17 18
7 8 S2 7 8 11 12 T2 11 12 15 16 O2 15 16
5 6 S1 5 6 9 10 T1 9 10 13 14 O1 13 14
3 4 R2 3 4 7 8 S2 7 8 11 12 T2 11 12
1 2 R1 1 2 5 6 S1 5 6 9 10 T1 9 10
563 1 0 2 R S T O 3 4 R2 3 4 7 8 S2 7 8
1 2 R1 1 2 5 6 S1 5 6
565 1 0 2 R S T O X 3 4 R2 3 4
1 2 R1 1 2
566 1 0 2 R S T O X Y
830 1 pole with spring return to 0 1 cell

1 0 2
3 4 R2 3 4
1 2 R1 1 2
830 1 0 2 R
56
A5 Series
More schemes in our dedicated

catalogue, see it here
Changeover switches 1-2

570 1 pole 1 cell 571 2 poles 2 cells 572 3 poles 3 cells
1 2 1 2 1 2
3 4 3 4 R2 7 8 7 8 S2 11 12 11 12 T2
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 S1 9 10 9 10 T1
570 1 2 R 3 4 3 4 R2 7 8 7 8 S2
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 S1
571 1 2 S R 3 4 3 4 R2
1 2 1 2 R1
572 1 2 T S R
573 4 pole 4 cells 575 5 poles 5 cells 576 6 poles 6 cells

1 2 1 2 1 2
15 16 15 16 O2 19 20 19 20 X2 23 24 19 20 Y2
13 14 13 14 O1 17 18 17 18 X1 21 22 17 18 Y1
11 12 11 12 T2 15 16 15 16 O2 19 20 19 20 X2
9 10 9 10 T1 13 14 13 14 O1 17 18 17 18 X1
7 8 7 8 S2 11 12 11 12 T2 15 16 15 16 O2
5 6 5 6 S1 9 10 9 10 T1 13 14 13 14 O1
3 4 3 4 R2 7 8 7 8 S2 11 12 11 12 T2
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 S1 9 10 9 10 T1
573 1 2 O T S R 3 4 3 4 R2 7 8 7 8 S2
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 S1
575 1 2 X O T S R 3 4 3 4 R2
1 2 1 2 R1
576 1 2 Y X O T S R
Step changeover switches without 0 position

580 3 positions 2 cells 581 4 positions 2 cells 582 5 positions 3 cells
2 3 2 3 2 3
5 6 5 6 R3 7 8 7 8 R3 9 10 9 10 R3
1 1 4 1 4
3 4 3 4 R2 5 6 5 6 R2 7 8 7 8 R5
5
1 2 1 2 R1 3 4 3 4 R4 5 6 5 6 R2
580 1 2 3 R 1 2 1 2 R1 3 4 3 4 R4
581 1 2 3 4 R 1 2 1 2 R1
582 1 2 3 4 5 R

2 3 2 3 2 3
11 12 11 12 S3 15 16 15 16 S3 19 20 19 20 S5
1 1 4 1 4
9 10 9 10 R3 13 14 13 14 S2 17 18 17 18 S2
5
7 8 7 8 S2 11 12 11 12 S4 15 16 15 16 S4
5 6 5 6 R2 9 10 9 10 S1 13 14 13 14 S1
3 4 3 4 S1 7 8 7 8 R3 11 12 11 12 S3
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 R2 9 10 9 10 R3
590 1 2 3 R S 3 4 3 4 R4 7 8 7 8 R5
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 R2
591 1 2 3 4 R S 3 4 3 4 R4
1 2 1 2 R1
592 1 2 3 4 5 R S
www.gave.com 57
Cam switches
Step changeover switches without 0 position

2 3 2 3 2 3
1
17 18 17 18 T3 1 4
23 24 23 24 T3 1 4
29 30 23 24 T3
15 16 15 16 T2 21 22 21 22 T2 27 28 23 24 T5
5
13 14 13 14 T1 19 20 19 20 T4 25 26 21 22 T2
11 12 11 12 S2 17 18 17 18 T1 23 24 23 24 T4
9 10 9 10 S1 15 16 15 16 S3 21 22 21 22 T1
7 8 7 8 S3 13 14 13 14 S2 19 20 19 20 S5
5 6 5 6 R3 11 12 11 12 S4 17 18 17 18 S2
3 4 3 4 R2 9 10 9 10 S1 15 16 15 16 S4
1 2 1 2 R1 7 8 7 8 R3 13 14 13 14 S1
600 1 2 3 R S T 5 6 5 6 R2 11 12 11 12 S3
3 4 3 4 R4 9 10 9 10 R3
1 2 1 2 R1 7 8 7 8 R5
601 1 2 3 4 R S T 5 6 5 6 R2
3 4 3 4 R4
1 2 1 2 R1
602 1 2 3 4 5 R S T
Step changeover switches with 0 position

610 2 positions 1 cell 611 3 positions 2 cells 612 4 positions 2 cells
1 3 4
1 2 2
0 2 1
3 4 3 4 R2 5 6 5 6 R3 7 8 7 8 R3
0 3 0
1 2 1 2 R1 3 4 3 4 R2 5 6 5 6 R2
610 0 1 2 R 1 2 1 2 R1 3 4 3 4 R4
611 0 1 2 3 R 1 2 1 2 R1
612 0 1 2 3 4 R

2 2
1 2
1 3 1 3
9 10 9 10 R3 13 14 13 14 R4
0 3 0 4 0 4
7 8 7 8 R5 13 14 13 14 R4 11 12 11 12 R7
5 7 5
5 4
5 6 5 6 R2 6 6 9 10 9 10 R3
3 4 3 4 R4 9 10 9 10 R3 7 8 7 8 R6
1 2 1 2 R1 7 8 7 8 R6 5 6 5 6 R2
613 0 1 2 3 4 5 R 5 6 5 6 R2 3 4 3 4 R5
3 4 3 4 R5 1 2 1 2 R1
1 2 1 2 R1 615 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 R
614 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 R

1 2 3 4
2
1 3
0 2 1
7 8 7 8 S2 11 12 11 12 S3 15 16 15 16 S3
0 0
5 6 5 6 R2 9 10 9 10 R3 13 14 13 14 S2
3 4 3 4 S1 7 8 7 8 S2 11 12 11 12 S4
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 R2 9 10 9 10 S1
620 0 1 2 R S 3 4 3 4 S1 7 8 7 8 R3
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 R2
621 0 1 2 3 R S 3 4 3 4 R4
1 2 1 2 R1
622 0 1 2 3 4 R S
58
A5 Series


3 4 2 2
2 1
1 3 3
1 5
19 20 19 20 S5
0 0 4 0 4
17 18 17 18 R5 25 26 25 26 S4 29 30 29 30 S4
5 7 5
15 16 15 16 S4 6 23 24 23 24 S6 6 27 28 27 28 S7
13 14 13 14 R4 21 22 21 22 S2 25 26 25 26 S3
11 12 11 12 S3 19 20 19 20 S5 23 24 23 24 S6
9 10 9 10 R3 17 18 17 18 S1 21 22 21 22 S2
7 8 7 8 S2 15 16 15 16 S3 19 20 19 20 S5
5 6 5 6 S1 13 14 13 14 R3 17 18 17 18 S1
3 4 3 4 R2
1 2 1 2 R1 9 10 9 10 R4 13 14 13 14 R4
623 0 1 2 3 4 5 R S 7 8 7 8 R6 11 12 11 12 R7
5 6 5 6 R2 9 10 9 10 R3
3 4 3 4 R5 7 8 7 8 R6
1 2 1 2 R1 5 6 5 6 R2
624 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 R S 3 4 3 4 R5
1 2 1 2 R1
625 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 R S

1 2 3 4
2
1 3
0 2 1
11 12 11 12 T2 17 18 17 18 T3 23 24 23 24 T4
0 0
9 10 9 10 T1 15 16 15 16 T2 21 22 21 22 T2
7 8 7 8 S2 13 14 13 14 T1 19 20 19 20 T3
5 6 5 6 S1 11 12 11 12 S3 17 18 17 18 T1
3 4 3 4 R2 9 10 9 10 S1 15 16 15 16 S4
1 2 1 2 R1 7 8 7 8 S2 13 14 13 14 S2
630 0 1 2 R S T 5 6 5 6 R2 11 12 11 12 S3
3 4 3 4 R3 9 10 9 10 S1
1 2 1 2 R1 7 8 7 8 R4
631 0 1 2 3 R S T 5 6 5 6 R2
3 4 3 4 R3
1 2 1 2 R1
632 0 1 2 3 4 R S T
Star-delta changeover switches

Y
640 Standard 4 cells 641 Return from a0 4 cells 643 Reversing 5 cells
Y Y
0 Y 0 Y
0 Δ
15 16 15 16 W 15 16 15 16 W 19 20 19 20 W
Δ Δ Δ
13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14 17 18 17 18
11 12 Y 11 12 X 11 12 Y 11 12 X 15 16 X 15 16
9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 13 14 13 14 Y
7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 11 12 11 12 V
5 6 5 6 V 5 6 5 6 V 9 10 Z 9 10 U
3 4 3 4 Z 3 4 3 4 Z 7 8 7 8
1 2 1 2 U 1 2 1 2 U 5 6 5 6
 
Y Y
640 0 R S T 641 0 R S T 3 4 3 4
1 2 1 2
 
Y Y
643 0 R S T
U V W
2 6 16
U V W
2 6 16 U V W
4 12 11 10 12 20
Z X Y
4 12 11
Z X Y 9 15 14
Z X Y
647 Star or delta selector 4 cells

0
Y
Δ
15 16 15 16 W
13 14 13 14
11 12 Y 11 12 X
9 10 9 10
7 8 7 8
5 6 5 6 V
3 4 3 4 Z
1 2 1 2 U
0 
Y
647 R S T
U V W
2 6 16
4 12 11
Z X Y
www.gave.com 59
Cam switches
Inverters
670 2 poles 2 cells 671 3 poles 3 cells 871 3 poles with return to 0 3 cells
0 0 1 0 2
1 2
7 8 7 8 1 2
9 10 9 10 W 9 10 9 10 W
M
5 6 5 6 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
3 4 3 4 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
1 2 1 2 3 4 3 4 V 3 4 3 4 V
1 0 2 1 2 1 2 U 1 2 1 2 U
670 R S
671 1 0 2 R S T 871 1 0 2 R S T
U V W U V W
2 4 10 2 4 10 U V W U V W
2 4 10 2 4 10

Dahlander
YYsingle winding Dahlander single winding Dahlander
Y
Y inverterYY
680 4 cells 681 YY 4 cells 682 7 cells
0- - -0- - -0- -
1 0 0
1 1
0 2 1 2
15 16 16 15 16 T 15 16 16 15 16 T 25 26 25 26 W1
2 2
13 14 W1 13 14 13 14 W1 13 14
11 12 W 11 12 11 12 W 11 12 21 22 21 22
9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10 19 20 19 20
7 8 7 8 V 7 8 7 8 V 17 18 17 18 W
5 6 5 6 V1 5 6 5 6 V1 15 16 V 15 16
3 4 U 3 4 3 4 U 3 4 13 14 U 13 14
1 2 2 U1 1 2 R 1 2 2 U1 1 2 R 11 12 V1 11 12
680 0 1 2 R S T 681 1 0 2 R S T 9 10 U1 9 10
7 8 7 8
5 6 5 6
3 4 3 4
U V W U V W
3 8 11 3 8 11 1 2 1 2
682 2 1 0 1 2 R S T
1 6 13 1 6 13
U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1
U V W
3 8 11
9 11 26
U1 V1 W1

Y YY
700 2 windings 0 - - - 6 cells
2
1 3
23 24 23 24 W
0
19 20 19 20 Wm
17 18 17 18
15 16 15 16 W
13 14 13 14
11 12 V 11 12
9 10 U 9 10
7 8 Vm 7 8
5 6 Um 5 6
3 4 4 V1 3 4 S
1 2 2 U1 1 2 R
700 0 1 2 3 R S T
U
V1
Vm Um
W V U1 W1
Wm
60
A5 Series

Voltmeter changeover switches

743 3 Phases 2 cells 744 3 Phases + N 2 cells
0 0
RS RO
7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
V V
ST SO
5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6
TR TO
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
743 0 RS ST TR R S T 744 0 RO SO TO R S T O
746 3 Phases / 3 Phases + N 4 cells 747 Between phases (2 independent tree phase lines) 4 cells
0 0
RS RO RS RO
15 16 15 16 15 16 15 16
ST SO ST SO
13 14 13 14 13 14 13 14
TR TO TR TO
11 12 11 12 11 12 11 12
9
7
10
8
9
7
10
8
9
7
10
8
9
7
10
8 V
5
3
6
4
5
3
6
4
V 5
3
6
4 3
5 6
4
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
746 0 R0 S0 T0 0 TR ST RS R S T 0 747 0 RS ST TR 0 RS ST TR R1 S1 T1 R2 S2 T2
LINE 1 LINE 2

760 4 circuits (with transformers) 4 cells 761 2 circuits (direct or with transformers) 3 cells
2 0
15 16 15 16
1 3 R S 11 12 11 12
13 14 13 14
9 10 9 10 S
ENTRANCE
11 12 11 12
A
4
7 8 7 8
USE
9 10 9 10 6
5 6 S1 5
7 8 11 7 8
A
3 4 R1 3 4 R
5 6 7 5 6
1 2 1 2
3 4 9 3 4
761 R 0 S
1 2 1 1 2
760 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
4
11 12
10
9 10
7
5
8
6
A
3 4
1 2
R S
www.gave.com 61
Cam switches

762 3 circuits (direct or with transformer) 5 cells 763 4 circuits (direct or with transformer) 6 cells
0 0
T R T R 23 24 23 24
19 20 19 20
S S
21 22 21 22
19 20 19 20 T1
15 16 S1 15 16 S
ENTRANCE 17 18 17 18 R1
13 14 13 14
A 15 16 R 15 16
11 12 11 12 T 13
13 14 14
A
USE
USE
9 10 9 10 11 12 11 12
ENTRANCE
7 8 7 8 T
9 10 9 10
5 6 5 6 R
7 8 7 8 S1
3 4 T1 3 4 6
5 6 5 O1
1 2 R1 1 2
3 4 S 3 4
762 0 R S T DIRECT O 1
1 2 2
MEASUREMENT 763 0 R S T DIRECT
MEASUREMENT
23 24
6 19 20 21 22
15
16 19 20
3
8 15 16 17 18
13
13 14 15 16
A
1
13 14
A
3 11 12
19 9 10 11 12
1 7 8 9 10
6
5 6 7 8
16
3 4 5 6
8
1 2 3 4
R S T 20
1 2
TRANSFORMER
MEASUREMENT T S R O TRANSFORMER
MEASUREMENT
767 Tree circuits (with transformers) 3 cells

0
11 12 11 12
T R
9 10 9 10
7 8 7 8
A
S
5 6 5 6
3 4 3 4
1 2 1 2
767 0 R S T S T R
Manipulator changeover switches Group changeover switches

794 Star-stop 1 cell 800 Two single-pole selectors 1 cell
PARO MARCHA R S T 1
0 2
3 4 1 R 3 4 3 4 3 4
1 2 T 1 2 1 2 1 2
794 P M 2 800 0 1 2
U V W R S
1 2
Circuit breaker for motor starting

840 Bipolar with start circuit and return to 1 2 cells
1 2 U U1
5 6 5 6 U1
0
3 4 3 4 V
1 2 1 2 U
840 0 1 2 V
R S
62
A5 Series
Special diagrams
Photocopy and complete the following form to request special diagrams.
Number of
Reference units
Customer
Outside connections
                       
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
                       
Plate inscription Inside connections
Inside connections Outside connections

 close  close contact in different return form the last
contact  positions with no interruption position to the previous on   bridge
Legend
maximum number of characters maximum number of characters Operation

for printing in 45º / 90º Size D0 12 Size D2 63
for printing in 30º / 60º rating Ie
16 100
(A)
25 125
Size D1 25 Size D3 160

32 200
40 250
Prolonged shaft
  Special L
Length (L):
long mm
shaft
Comments Handle type
short Lever
  Black   Black
  Red   Red
  Grey   Grey
NOTE: Contacts order and switching angle might change due to constructional reasons.
www.gave.com 63
Cam switches
Combilight switches
The new generation of illuminated switches

revolutionizes design of electrical panels by providing
«The innovation that transforms
design and installation simplicity, electrical and electrical panel designs»
electronic robustness, modern ergonomics and high
signalling brightness.
High brightness
Electrical robustness Unmatched unit visibility in outdoor or bright
Safety and reliability in any circumstance environments
 According to IEC60947-3  Long life LEDs 100.000 hours
 Electrical endurance (3 times above  Visibility throughout 180º
standard requirements)  High intensity LEDs
 On load switching and circuit isolation  True colors complete range
 Black background for enhanced contrast
Electronic robustness Ergonomics

Reliability against disturbances Designed for easy of use
 Protection against electromagnetic  Handle developed for type 2 motion
interference movements
 High resistance to vibration and shock  Surface treatment for a touch of comfort
 High dielectric strength  Modern look
Connection
Clamping yoke terminal technically recognised
Simplicity as the best connection
Guaranteed time saving  Reliability against temperature changes
 Built-in fixing nuts and vibrations
 Plug-in power supply terminal  Captive screw
 Clip-together handle system  Surface treatment minimizes contact
resistance
64
Combilight switches
Intuitive indications
Human-machine interface requires a clear
understanding of the situation by the operator,
colour coding provides a quick understanding.
0
Red: emergency
0
Additional signalling 1
Green: normal status

A common signalling need occurs when 0
discrepancies rise between control command 1
Yellow: anomaly
and the actual process status. This may indicate,
for example, the end of the process cycle where (check or action required)
0
an operator action is required (e.g. load material). Blue: action required

The range of combilight switches using 0
input signals overcomes these situations in White: monitoring

production processes by adding flashing light,
buzzer sound or a combination of both in order
to warn on process status.
Programmable modules
Combilight switches technology distinguishes They can be programmed colour lights, colour
itself by offering maximum flexibility to OEM sequences, blinking frequencies, buzzer
designers in the conception of new products and frequencies, ... Each case associated with different
developments. Signalling modules are based on a machine status and operating conditions.
programmable chip that uses four input signals
and combinations thereof.
Environment Nothing but benefits...

Designed to minimize the impact  Fewer components
40% G
on the environment  Less need for space SAVIN
 Materials of low ecological  Economic saving
footprint and easy recycling
 Reduced installation
 Low power consumption time
electronics
www.gave.com 65
Cam switches
Types and reference system
Combilight switches position controlled

Illuminated cam switches controlled By position
by position define the light color 0 12A 4 40A
Illuminated handle
according to the handle position. 1 16A 6 63A
2 25A 7 100A  Standard voltage 240VAC
Based on the reference system we Scheme 3 32A 9 125A 2 Special voltage 24VDC
4 Special voltage 400VAC
must generate a reference code Current
that indicates the handle color Voltage
based on its position. We must also
indicate the light module supply
voltage, the standard version - 552 12L
being 240VAC.
Diagonal/horizontal LED colour
Positions
Colour codes - Positions on 60º
Vertical LED colour
B Padlockable handle
Standard Special G Positions on 90º
0 0 0
1 Red
1
3 Yellow
1
0 White J Lockout handle

(only size D0)
0 0
2 Green 4 Blue
1 1
Combilight switches signal controlled

Illuminated cam switches
controlled by signal type require 0 12A 3 32A 7 100A By signal Illuminated handle
1 16A 4 40A 9 125A
the presence of an external input 2 25A 6 63A
 Standard voltage 240VAC
signal to activate light/sound Current 1 Special voltage 110VDC
module signalling. The input signal 2 Special voltage 24VDC
must be steady and in its absence Scheme

the module remains off. Voltage
The module has four voltage free

input signals to figure out the
handle colour or other signalling.
There are three additional
- 552 B C S
signalling modes:
Additional signalling
▪ Audible warning buzzer Positions 0 Without additional signalling
▪ Blinking light - Positions on 60º Z Buzzer (acoustic signalling)
▪ Buzzer and blinking B Padlockable handle

G Positions on 90º
I Blinking light
C Combined Blink + Buzzer
combined J Lockout handle
(only size D0)
Based on the reference system we Combinación de colores LED
indicate the unit supply voltage, 0 0
1 1
B Bicolor (red/green)
being 240VAC the standard 0 0 0
1 1 1
module supply. T Tricolor (red/green/yellow)
66
Combilight switches
Dimensions
Size D0
25 48 36 64
64
48
48
36
A L B
1,6 type A B
Nm
Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 By position 35,5 64
PZ2 Length (L) 30,5 40,5 50,5 60,5 70,5 80,5 90,5 100,5 110,5 120,5 130,5 140,5 By signal 43 59
Size D1
33 64 36 64
60
64
73
48
A L B
2,0 type A B
Nm
Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 By position 40,5 76
PZ2 Length (L) 36,3 48,3 60,3 72,3 84,3 96,3 108,3 120,3 132,3 144,3 156,3 168,3 By signal 40,5 85
Size D2
33 64 36 64
76
73
77
48
A L B
3,5 type A B
Nm
Cells 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 By position 40,5 82
PZ3 Length (L) 46,0 62,5 79,0 95,5 112,0 128,5 145,0 161,5 178,0 194,5 By signal 40,5 86,5
www.gave.com 67
Cam switches
Position controlled references
Switches
Size D0
Poles Cells Scheme Voltage 12A 16A 25A
240Vac A-550012L A-550112L A-550212L
1 pole 1 550 400Vac A-550012L4 A-550112L4 A-550212L4
24Vdc A-550012L2 A-550112L2 A-550212L2
240Vac A-551012L A-551112L A-551212L
2 poles 1 551 400Vac A-551012L4 A-551112L4 A-551212L4
0
1
0
1 24Vdc A-551012L2 A-551112L2 A-551212L2

240Vac A-552012L A-552112L A-552212L
3 poles 2 552 400Vac A-552012L4 A-552112L4 A-552212L4
24Vdc A-552012L2 A-552112L2 A-552212L2
240Vac A-553012L A-553112L A-553212L
4 poles 2 553 400Vac A-553012L4 A-553112L4 A-553212L4
24Vdc A-553012L2 A-553112L2 A-553212L2
Size D1
Poles Cells Scheme Voltage 32A 40A
240Vac A-550312L A-550412L
1 pole 1 550 400Vac A-550312L4 A-550412L4
24Vdc A-550312L2 A-550412L2
240Vac A-551312L A-551412L
2 poles 1 551 400Vac A-551312L4 A-551412L4
24Vdc A-551312L2 A-551412L2
240Vac A-552312L A-552412L
3 poles 2 552 400Vac A-552312L4 A-552412L4
24Vdc A-552312L2 A-552412L2
240Vac A-553312L A-553412L
4 poles 2 553 400Vac A-553312L4 A-553412L4
24Vdc A-553312L2 A-553412L2
Size D2
240Vac A-550612L A-550712L A-550912L
1 pole 1 550 400Vac A-550612L4 A-550712L4 A-550912L4
24Vdc A-550612L2 A-550712L2 A-550912L2
240Vac A-551612L A-551712L A-551912L
2 poles 1 551 400Vac A-551612L4 A-551712L4 A-551912L4
24Vdc A-551612L2 A-551712L2 A-551912L2
240Vac A-552612L A-552712L A-552912L
3 poles 2 552 400Vac A-552612L4 A-552712L4 A-552912L4
24Vdc A-552612L2 A-552712L2 A-552912L2
240Vac A-553612L A-553712L A-553912L
4 poles 2 553 400Vac A-553612L4 A-553712L4 A-553912L4
24Vdc A-553612L2 A-553712L2 A-553912L2
68
Combilight switches
Switches with padlockable handle

Size D0
240Vac AB550012L AB550112L AB550212L
1 pole 1 550 400Vac AB550012L4 AB550112L4 AB550212L4
24Vdc AB550012L2 AB550112L2 AB550212L2
240Vac AB551012L AB551112L AB551212L
2 poles 1 551 400Vac AB551012L4 AB551112L4 AB551212L4
0
1
0
1 24Vdc AB551012L2 AB551112L2 AB551212L2

240Vac AB552012L AB552112L AB552212L
24Vdc AB552012L2 AB552112L2 AB552212L2
240Vac AB553012L AB553112L AB553212L
24Vdc AB553012L2 AB553112L2 AB553212L2
Size D1
240Vac AB550312L AB550412L
1 pole 1 550 400Vac AB550312L4 AB550412L4
24Vdc AB550312L2 AB550412L2
240Vac AB551312L AB551412L
2 poles 1 551 400Vac AB551312L4 AB551412L4
24Vdc AB551312L2 AB551412L2
240Vac AB552312L AB552412L
3 poles 2 552 400Vac AB552312L4 AB552412L4
24Vdc AB552312L2 AB552412L2
240Vac AB553312L AB553412L
4 poles 2 553 400Vac AB553312L4 AB553412L4
24Vdc AB553312L2 AB553412L2
Size D2
240Vac AB550612L AB550712L AB550912L
1 pole 1 550 400Vac AB550612L4 AB550712L4 AB550912L4
24Vdc AB550612L2 AB550712L2 AB550912L2
240Vac AB551612L AB551712L AB551912L
24Vdc AB551612L2 AB551712L2 AB551912L2
240Vac AB552612L AB552712L AB552912L
24Vdc AB552612L2 AB552712L2 AB552912L2
240Vac AB553612L AB553712L AB553912L
24Vdc AB553612L2 AB553712L2 AB553912L2
www.gave.com 69
Cam switches
Position controlled references

Size D0
240Vac A-560012L A-560112L A-560212L
1 pole 1 560 400Vac A-560012L4 A-560112L4 A-560212L4
24Vdc A-560012L2 A-560112L2 A-560212L2
240Vac A-561012L A-561112L A-561212L
2 poles 2 561 400Vac A-561012L4 A-561112L4 A-561212L4
24Vdc A-561012L2 A-561112L2 A-561212L2
0 0 0
1 2
240Vac A-562012L A-562112L A-562212L

1 1
3 poles 3 562 400Vac A-562012L4 A-562112L4 A-562212L4

24Vdc A-562012L2 A-562112L2 A-562212L2
240Vac A-563012L A-563112L A-563212L
4 poles 4 563 400Vac A-563012L4 A-563112L4 A-563212L4
24Vdc A-563012L2 A-563112L2 A-563212L2
Size D1
240Vac A-561312L A-561412L
2 poles 2 561 400Vac A-561312L4 A-561412L4
24Vdc A-561312L2 A-561412L2
240Vac A-562312L A-562412L
3 poles 3 562 400Vac A-562312L4 A-562412L4
24Vdc A-562312L2 A-562412L2
240Vac A-563312L A-563412L
4 poles 4 563 400Vac A-563312L4 A-563412L4
24Vdc A-563312L2 A-563412L2
Size D2
240Vac A-561612L A-561712L A-561912L
2 poles 2 561 400Vac A-561612L4 A-561712L4 A-561912L4
24Vdc A-561612L2 A-561712L2 A-561912L2
240Vac A-562612L A-562712L A-562912L
3 poles 3 562 400Vac A-562612L4 A-562712L4 A-562912L4
24Vdc A-562612L2 A-562712L2 A-562912L2
240Vac A-563612L A-563712L A-563912L
4 poles 4 563 400Vac A-563612L4 A-563712L4 A-563912L4
24Vdc A-563612L2 A-563712L2 A-563912L2
70
Combilight switches
Signal controlled references
Tricolor switches
Standard signalling
Size D1
240Vac A-5523T0S A-5524T0S
3 poles 2 552 400Vac A-5523T0S4 A-5524T0S4
24Vdc A-5523T0S2 A-5524T0S2
240Vac A-5533T0S A-5534T0S
0 0 0
1 1 1
4 poles 2 553 400Vac A-5533T0S4 A-5534T0S4

24Vdc A-5533T0S2 A-5534T0S2
Size D2
240Vac A-5526T0S A-5527T0S A-5529T0S
3 poles 2 552 400Vac A-5526T0S4 A-5527T0S4 A-5529T0S4
24Vdc A-5526T0S2 A-5527T0S2 A-5529T0S2
240Vac A-5536T0S A-5537T0S A-5539T0S
4 poles 2 553 400Vac A-5536T0S4 A-5537T0S4 A-5539T0S4
24Vdc A-5536T0S2 A-5537T0S2 A-5539T0S2
www.gave.com 71
Cam switches
Tricolor switches
Blinking light signalling
Size D0
240Vac A-5500TIS A-5501TIS A-5502TIS
1 pole 1 550 400Vac A-5500TIS4 A-5501TIS4 A-5502TIS4
24Vdc A-5500TIS2 A-5501TIS2 A-5502TIS2
0 0 0
1 1 1
2 poles 1 551 400Vac A-5510TIS4 A-5511TIS4 A-5512TIS4

Size D1
240Vac A-5523TIS A-5524TIS
3 poles 2 552 400Vac A-5523TIS4 A-5524TIS4
24Vdc A-5523TIS2 A-5524TIS2
240Vac A-5533TIS A-5534TIS
4 poles 2 553 400Vac A-5533TIS4 A-5534TIS4
24Vdc A-5533TIS2 A-5534TIS2
Size D2
72
Combilight switches
Tricolor switches
Acoustic signalling
Size D0

240Vac A-5500TZS A-5501TZS A-5502TZS
1 pole 1 550 400Vac A-5500TZS4 A-5501TZS4 A-5502TZS4
24Vdc A-5500TZS2 A-5501TZS2 A-5502TZS2
0 0 0
2 poles 1 551 400Vac A-5510TZS4 A-5511TZS4 A-5512TZS4

1 1 1

Size D1
240Vac A-5523TZS A-5524TZS
3 poles 2 552 400Vac A-5523TZS4 A-5524TZS4
24Vdc A-5523TZS2 A-5524TZS2
240Vac A-5533TZS A-5534TZS
4 poles 2 553 400Vac A-5533TZS4 A-5534TZS4
24Vdc A-5533TZS2 A-5534TZS2
Size D2
www.gave.com 73
Cam switches
Tricolor switches
Combined Blink + Buzzer
Size D0
240Vac A-5500TCS A-5501TCS A-5502TCS
1 pole 1 550 400Vac A-5500TCS4 A-5501TCS4 A-5502TCS4
24Vdc A-5500TCS2 A-5501TCS2 A-5502TCS2
0 0 0
2 poles 1 551 400Vac A-5510TCS4 A-5511TCS4 A-5512TCS4

1 1 1

Size D1
240Vac A-5523TCS A-5524TCS
3 poles 2 552 400Vac A-5523TCS4 A-5524TCS4
24Vdc A-5523TCS2 A-5524TCS2
240Vac A-5533TCS A-5534TCS
4 poles 2 553 400Vac A-5533TCS4 A-5534TCS4
24Vdc A-5533TCS2 A-5534TCS2
Size D2
74
Combilight switches
D type light module sets
Signal controlled D type module The sets consist of a tricolor light the shaft from the standard switch
sets are offered as individual units module plus a combilight fixing will be fitted. Accurate tolerances
that can be fixed to any standard plate and transparent handle. guarantee the right mechanical
switch size 0 from the A5 or the L5 The lightning module has an transmission and endurance.
series. embedded clutch system where
Standard cam switch

All size 0 electrical schemes
can mount D0 type modules
D type light module sets

See below
Standard signalling
Colour Voltage Size D0
0 0 0
240Vac AK2503120D
1 1 1
Yellow/red/green 400Vac AK2543120D

24Vdc AK2523120D
www.gave.com 75
Cam switches
F type light module sets
Rear mounting and DIN rail We can transform a standard adding F type light module sets
mounting switches are compatible switch into a rear/DIN rail plus interlock kits.
with combilight technology. mounting combilight switch by
Interlock kits with

prolonged shaft
See page 49
F type light module sets

See below
Standard cam switch

All standard switches and
electrical schemes can mount
F type modules
Position controlled light module sets

Switches
Colour Voltage Size D0 and D1 Size D2
0 0
240Vac AK2400103F AK2400106F
1 1
Red/white 400Vac AK2440103F AK2440106F

24Vdc AK2420103F AK2420106F
0 0
240Vac AK2400123F AK2400126F
1 1
Red/green 400Vac AK2440123F AK2440126F

24Vdc AK2420123F AK2420126F
Changeover switches
0 0 0
240Vac AK2402123F AK2402126F
1 2 1 1 2
Green/red/green 400Vac AK2442123F AK2442126F

24Vdc AK2422123F AK2422126F
0 0 0
240Vac AK2403123F AK2403126F
1 2 1 1 2
Yellow/red/green 400Vac AK2443123F AK2443126F

24Vdc AK2423123F AK2423126F
76
Combilight switches
Signal controlled light module sets

Standard signalling
0 0
240Vac AK250-123F AK250-126F
1 1
Red/green 400Vac AK254-123F AK254-126F

24Vdc AK252-123F AK252-126F
0 0 0
240Vac AK2503123F AK2503126F
1 1 1
Yellow/red/green 400Vac AK2543123F AK2543126F

24Vdc AK2523123F AK2523126F
Blinking light signalling

0 0
240Vac AK250-123FI AK250-126FI
1 1
Red/green 400Vac AK254-123FI AK254-126FI

24Vdc AK252-123FI AK252-126FI
0 0 0
240Vac AK2503123FI AK2503126FI
1 1 1
Yellow/red/green 400Vac AK2543123FI AK2543126FI

24Vdc AK2523123FI AK2523126FI
Acoustic signalling
0 0
240Vac AK250-123FZ AK250-126FZ
1 1
Red/green 400Vac AK254-123FZ AK254-126FZ

24Vdc AK252-123FZ AK252-126FZ
0 0 0
240Vac AK2503123FZ AK2503126FZ
1 1 1
Yellow/red/green 400Vac AK2543123FZ AK2543126FZ

24Vdc AK2523123FZ AK2523126FZ
Combined signalling
0 0
240Vac AK250-123FC AK250-126FC
1 1
Red/green 400Vac AK254-123FC AK254-126FC

24Vdc AK252-123FC AK252-126FC
0 0 0
240Vac AK2503123FC AK2503126FC
1 1 1
Yellow/red/green 400Vac AK2543123FC AK2543126FC

24Vdc AK2523123FC AK2523126FC
www.gave.com 77
Cam switches
Accessories
Accessories
Lockout transparent handle set

We can add safety features to combilight switches by using lockout handles
manufactured with transparent plastic that maintain led light indications.
Pushing the projecting piece of the knob we can insert up to 3 padlocks of max.
4mm diameter to lock the knob on 0 position during maintenance operations.
References Type Availability

Size D0 Size D1 Size D2
AK1330400 Switch 1-0 
AK1331400 Changeover switch 1-0-2 
Padlockable transparent handle set

We can use padlockable sets with transparent handle that can use up to 4
padlocks of max. 8mm diameter. Locking positions are each 90º. On standard
switches the device only locks in the off position which is located at 0º.
References Type Availability

AK1230503 Switch 1-0  
AK1230506 Switch 1-0 
IP65 transparent gasket

Using transparent protection gaskets we can reach a high level of protection
without compromising light visibility.
References Availability
AK2260003  
AK2260006 
78
Combilight switches
Combilight special diagrams

Photocopy and complete the following form to request special diagrams.
Number of
Reference
units
Customer
Outside connections
                       
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48
                       
Plate inscription Inside connections
Inside connections Outside connections

Legend  close  close contact in different return form the last
contact  positions with no interruption position to the previous on   bridge
Signalling Prolonged shaft

Note: Only one option is possible for each input signal
  Special long
Contact Color code Blink Buzzer freq. Color codes Buzzer frequency shaft
S1  ____  1 Red  1 On-Off Cycle 1s
 2 Green  2 On-Off Cycle 2s L
S2  ____
 3 Yellow  3 On-Off Cycle 3s
S3  ____  4 Blue
S4  ____  5 Black
Length (L):
S5  ____  0 White
mm
Module supply Comments

voltage
  240VAC
  110VDC
  24VDC
NOTE: Contacts order and switching angle might change due to constructional reasons.
www.gave.com 79
Cam switches
«An advanced solution introducing

new technological advantages on
discrepancy applications»
Discrepancy switches are used to Applications
control, monitor position and
▪ Rail transport industry Special diagrams
signal any discrepancy on the
operation of MV disconnectors and ▪ Medium voltage energy Control discrepancy
circuit breakers. distribution switches are mainly used to
control and signal
They are also used to send short Mimic diagram
discrepancies on circuit
impulses to remote controlled The association between
solenoids, meters,.. breakers and disconnectors.
discrepancy switch and
Often it is also requested on
Gave discrepancy switches use disconnector/circuit breaker is
applications where the
state of the art Led technology directly identified on the mimic
switch will control auxiliary
which has the advantages of diagram by the front plate shape.
circuits giving signal to
increasing reliability and being
external relays, acoustic
maintenance free.
circuits,..
Specific electronics permit This product constructional
multivoltage connection limiting flexibility offers optimal
the number of references
adaptation to specific needs
required and simplifying panel
of circuit breaker/
designs and product logistics. disconnector circuits and
other applications such as
According to standards
starter synchronising, on
▪ IEC 60947-3 load controller, contactor
▪ EN 60947-3 control,..
▪ IEC 61000 Control discrepancy mimic
diagram example
80
Product overview
Monocolor types Bicolor types Tricolor types
Conventional PCM panel designs Using two color switches Quick mimic readout and
use white color light to indicate provides quick readout on the immediate fault detection are the
switchgear status on the mimic PCM panel. key advantages of 3 color switches.
panels.
MS MB MT
Control & Control & Control &
signalling signalling signalling
bicolor tricolor
ES
Push & turn
with spring
return
EB ET
Push & turn Push & turn
with spring with spring
EV return bicolor return tricolor
Turn to push
EP GB GT
Pushbutton Turn to push Turn to push
control bicolor tricolor
EL
Light
pushbutton
control
www.gave.com 81
Cam switches
Combining electronic and ▪ High luminosity low ▪ Simple mounting. Insert bolts
electromechanic technology on consumption multiled on frontal breaking mechanism
this product has achieved a technology (100.000 hours ▪ Easy “push & click” front plate
solution that is distinguished by its life expectancy) mounting.
well accomplished integration and ▪ Encapsulated electronics. ▪ Vibration proof
simplicity on installation and Maximum protection and safety.
operation.
Protection degree
IP20
Terminals protected
against solid objects up
to 12,5mm according
to IEC 60529
Insert bolts
Precision mechanics Bolts inserted on the
Electrical endurance (3 breaking mechanism
times above standard making simple switch
requirements) mounting, saving time
and avoiding loose
components
Simple "click" front

plate fixing
Front plate designed for
easy fixing by simple
push-in on the
mounting plate
Clamp-yoke
connection
Contact surfaces
grooved for optimal
grip and conductivity
Brightness
Long life and high
luminosity Leds
Control panels retrofitting

When maintaining and updating control panels we
Electronic often face product supply problems to localise and
robustness
purchase original goods that frequently are yet out of
Circuit protected
against vibration, production manufacturing. In Gave we can provide
shocks and
electromagnetic
the product cross-reference that you need and benefit
from an expert technical service manufacturing
retrofit
interference
product countertypes from your original unit
82
Dimensions
MS ES
Control and/or signalling Push and turn with spring return Ø55
66
10 8 10 8 48
31 27 12,5 L 35 27 27 12,5 L
EV Turn to push GB/GT Bicolor or Tricolor 48
Turn to push Ø34
10 8 10 8 10 8 10 8 64
31 27 12,5 L 7,5 27 12,5 L 31 35,5 12,5 L 7,5 27 12,5 L
EP Pushbutton control EL Light pushbutton control 48

Fixing dimensions
Ø21,5 MS, MB, MT, ES, EB,
ET , EV, GB and GT
4 max.
36
36
64
Ø40
10 8 10 8
NOTE: EP model Ø4,5
15 6 12,5 7,5 27 12,5 L 15 6 27 12,5 7,5 27 12,5 L has no light plug
MB/MT Bicolor or tricolor EB/ET Bicolor or tricolor EP and EL 4 max.

Control and/or signalling Push and turn with spring return 48
36
Ø34
36
Ø22
Ø4,5
10 8 10 8 Cells 1 2 3 4
31 35,5 12,5 L 31 35,5 7,5 27 12,5 L 64 L 18 28 38 48
values in mm
www.gave.com 83
Cam switches
Monocolor discrepancy switches
«Multivoltage technology, luminosity stability and

voltage flexibility in your panel designs»
Auxiliary circuits on substation tolerance on conventional

designs present a large variety of products (24-240 VAC / 24-150
voltage supplies, product VDC). Furthermore wiring
availability on particular voltages connection is polarity free thus
might become an unexpected preventing potential
problem for panel makers. The misconnection damages. This
multivoltage technology technology also ensures that
developed on monocolor switch luminosity will remain
discrepancy switches overcomes stable throughout product life
the issue while avoiding the faults time regardless of supply quality.
related to low voltage variation
84
References Operation
MS Control and/or signalling
ES Push and turn with spring return 0 White
EV Turn to push 1 Red
EP Pushbutton control 2 Green
EL Light pushbutton control 3 Yellow
Serie 4 Blue
Pushbutton color
A MS 1 1 20 0 0
Control contacts Discrepancy contacts
0 No control cell (signalling only) 1 1 discrepancy cell
1 1 push-turn cell 2 2 discrepancy cells
2 2 push-turn cell
Contacts NO (only EP and EL type) Contacts NC (only EP and EL type)

x Num. of NO contacts x Num. of NC contacts
Operation
MS Control and signalling MS Only signalling ES Push and turn with spring return
C C C IC
IC
ES push-turn
º
90
º
º
90
discrepancy control
90
Discrepancy control
switches have two switches have two
fixed positions for pre- fixed positions for
A selection contacts at A A pre-selection
90º and two additional contacts at 90º and
impulse positions with two additional push-
IA 30º spring return. IA turn impulse
positions with 30º
spring return.
SIGNALL. CONTROL
SIGNALL.
SIGNALL. CONTROL
SEÑAL. MANDO
2 02 21 021
SEÑAL.
SEÑAL. MANDO
2 02
1 01 20 020 1 01
21 021 MS A C 21 021
20 020 20 020
MS IA A C IC ES
IA A C IC
EV Turn to push EP Pushbutton control

C EL Light pushbutton control
º
90
EV switches have two

EP and EL pushbuttons
fixed positions at 90º
have two control
with turn contacts and
A discrepancy contacts,
positions, a projected
position and a push
and two vertical push
maintained position.
positions for
maintained contacts
GIRO EMPUJE
2 02 2 02
TURN PUSH
1 01 1 01
21 021 EP/EL
20 020
EV A C
www.gave.com 85
Cam switches
Monocolor standard types*

Control and/or signalling
References Num. of cells Voltage Rating
Control Signal Total
AMS112000 1 1 2 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A

AMS122000 1 2 3 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A
AMS012000 0 1 1 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A
AMS022000 0 2 2 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A
See accessories to add front plate reference
Push and turn with spring return

AES112000 1 1 2 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A

AES122000 1 2 3 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A
Turn to push
AEV112000 1 1 2 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A

AEV212000 2 1 3 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A
Pushbutton control
References Contacts Cells Colour Voltage Rating
N. O. N. C.
AEP112010 1 1 1 Red -- 25 A
AEP222010 2 2 2 Red -- 25 A
Light pushbutton control
References Contacts Cells Colour Voltage Rating

N. O. N. C.
AEL102010 1 1 1 Red 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A

AEL202010 2 2 2 Red 24-240VAC / 24-150VDC 25 A
*220VDC versions also available on request
86
Accessories
Front plates
References Description
(1) (2)
AP326904- Black front plate with silver circle (picture 1)
AP327906- Grey front plate with black circle (picture 2)
(3) (4) (5)

AP325904- Square black front plate (picture 3)
AP325906- Square front plate silver (picture 4)
AP3289040 Black front plate with inscription (picture 5)
(6) AP341904- Square round front plate (picture 6)
Handles
AK1020050 White signalling handle size 0
AK1020020 Red signalling handle size 0
AK1030050 Transparent white pushbutton
AK1030020 Transparent red pushbutton
AK1030030 Transparent blue pushbutton
AK1030060 Transparent green pushbutton
AK1030070 Transparent yellow pushbutton
AK1040040 Dark black pushbutton
www.gave.com 87
Cam switches
Bicolor discrepancy switches
Special color
«Multicolor RGB LEDs open a new field on
combination switch control and signalling applications»
Electronic circuits have been
designed using RGB LED
technology that provides RGB (red, green, blue) Leds are are used to provide information
maximum flexibility and offers able to mix and therefore offer a about the knob location and light
a large spectrum of colours. complete spectrum of colours. A on Leds with the appropriate color
Leds use water clear lens and large scope of control and corresponding to that position.
the chip stands 6kV ESD. Using signalling applications can take
Special production series using
position sensors we can define advantage of this new product
signal logic are also available on
different colors based on the range that will be able to observe
demand. On these application led
knob location. Position can be color coding as per IEC 60204-1
color does change based on the
established on 45º steps. Other (Table 2) indications
opening/closing of switch
customised options such as Standard range operates using a signalling contacts and alert when
flashing leds are also available. position logic. Embedded position there is a discrepancy between the
sensors on the electronic boards control and signalling contacts.
88
References MB Control and/or signalling bicolor 1 110 VDC

EB Push and turn with spring return bicolor 2 220 VDC 4 48 VDC
GB Turn to push bicolor 3 24 VDC 5 125 VDC
Serie Operation Voltage
A MB 1 1 2 00 1
Control contacts LED light color 90-270º
0 No control cell (signalling only)
0 White 3 Yellow
1 1 push-turn cell
2 2 push-turn cell 1 Red 4 Blue
2 Green 6 Blinking white

Discrepancy contacts
1 1 discrepancy cell
LED light color 0-180º
2 2 discrepancy cells
0 White 3 Yellow
1 Red 4 Blue
2 Green 6 Blinking white
Bicolor standard types
Bicolor control and/or signalling

References Num. of cells Colors Voltage Rating
AMB112201 1 1 2 Green/white 110VDC 25 A

See accessories (page 87) to add front plate reference
Bicolor push and turn with spring return

AEB112211 1 1 2 Green/red 110VDC 25 A

AEB122211 1 2 3 Green/red 110VDC 25 A
Turn to push bicolor

AGB112211 1 1 2 Green/red 110VDC 25 A

AGB122211 1 2 3 Green/red 110VDC 25 A
www.gave.com 89
Cam switches
Tricolor discrepancy
switches
See how it works!
Control and signalling tricolor When discrepancy signal is present

«The integration of three
switches are characterised by using the switch will pass from the
a combined position/signal logic. position color to a different signal colors in a single
The PCB incorporates three distinctive color indicating unit transforms new
connection terminals of which two discrepancy status. Tricolor switches
are dedicated to power supply and power supply is single voltage and
projects designs by
one is the input signal that will therefore we must indicate it in the enlarging layout
operate in the event of discrepancy. ordering reference. possibilities»
Discrepancy example diagram

+ + +
- - -
R1 R1 R1
Circuit Circuit Circuit
Breaker + - Breaker + - Breaker + -
S S S
A C LED A C LED A C LED
RED GREEN YELLOW
R1 R1 R1
Signal OK Signal OK Discrepancy signal

Circuit breaker and control/signal Circuit breaker and control/signal Circuit breaker is open and
contacts are open. The knob contacts are closed. The knob contact/signal contacts are
color is red. color is green. closed. The knob color is
yellow indicating discrepancy.
90
References
MT Control and/or signalling tricolor
ET Push and turn with spring return tricolor
GT Turn to push bicolor
Operation 1 110 VDC 4 48 VDC

2 220 VDC 5 125 VDC
3 24 VDC
Serie Voltage
A MT 1 1 3 12 1 Colour codes
0 White
Control contacts
0 No control cell (signalling only) LED light color 90-270º 1 Red
1 1 push-turn cell
2 Green
2 2 push-turn cell LED light color 0-180º
3 Yellow
Discrepancy contacts
4 Blue
1 1 discrepancy cell Discrepancy LED light color
2 2 discrepancy cells
Tricolor standard types
Control and/or signalling tricolor

AMT113211 1 1 2 Yellow/green/red 110VDC 25 A

AMT123211 1 2 3 Yellow/green/red 110VDC 25 A
Push and turn with spring return tricolor

AET113211 1 1 2 Yellow/green/red 110VDC 25 A

AET123211 1 2 3 Yellow/green/red 110VDC 25 A
Turn to push tricolor

AGT113211 1 1 2 Yellow/green/red 110VDC 25 A

AGT123211 1 2 3 Yellow/green/red 110VDC 25 A
www.gave.com 91
94 Enclosed switch disconnectors
95 Product overview
96 Enclosed safety switches IS Series

97 General characteristics
99 Dimensions
102 Aluminium enclosed switches

104 Dimensions
106 Stainless steel enclosed switches

108 Dimensions
110 Fire rated switch disconnectors

112 Reference system and classification
116 F-300 / F-400 Rated switch disconnectors
119 F-600 Rated switch disconnectors
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
«A complete range of enclosed

switch-disconnector solutions adapted to every
particular application environment»
Electrical engineering design and harmonizes legislation across devices to disconnect power
Design of machines, production Europe. A good electrical design supply and they must offer the
lines and ventilation systems are should ensure that is possible to ability to padlock the handle in the
an essential part of industrial operate the control system, off position to avoid the risks
installations. Many accidents perform switching manoeuvres associated with unforeseen energy
directly related to the use of and carry maintenance activities restoration. This feature is
machines can be avoided with without endangering operator particularly necessary when the
adequate engineering, installation safety. Visibility and easy operator intervention point is
and maintenance procedures. recognition of the safety elements distant from the power
European standard EN 60204 is essential for this purpose. disconnection point.
concerns machines electrical safety Industrial facilities must have
94
Enclosed switch disconnectors
Product overview
IS Series Aluminium Series
Standard range for industry Heavy duty industrial and
Safety switch application. infrastructure environments.
16-63A 16-250A
Plastic enclosure Aluminium enclosure
100-250A
Sheet steel enclosure F-Protec Series
Complete range of Fire rated
switch disconnectors.
Stainless-steel Series 25-250A

F-300 and F-400
Dedicated range for hygienic and
Aluminium enclosure
highly corrosive environments.
25-250A
16-125A F-600
Stainless-steel Steel enclosure
enclosure
Enduring safety that circuit isolation characteristics

Switch-disconnectors in industrial are safeguarded. Compliance with
installations must withstand loads IEC 60947-3 standard means that
with peak inrush currents during switch-disconnectors can cope
Start up operations. In the course with the application demanding
of Stop operations on load requirements as they have
breaking also entails a great successfully passed the test
dynamic effort on the switch sequence required by the
contacts. Facing short circuit standard.
conditions does require high
thermal resistance to guarantee
www.gave.com 95
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
IS Series
Enclosed safety switches
«Innovative design that guarantees safety

on your industrial installations»
On-Off safety switches from the IS General characteristics
series are multipolar manually
operated enclosed switches with • IP65 protection
padlockable handle. To ensure • Safety padlockable handle
maximum safety on machinery • Interlock system prevents
equipment it is a good practice to enclosure opening when the
install a command running switch is not in “0” position.
standard start-stop operations • Earth terminal
detached from the safety switch- • Switch easy base mounting
disconnector used during service system.
and maintenance operations. • Possibility to include up to 4
auxiliary contacts
Disconnectors range covers from
• Gold plated auxiliary contacts
12 up to 250A mounted in four
for harsh environments upon
different enclosure sizes.
request
• IEC 60947-3
• EN 60529
96
IS Series
Plastic enclosure
Switches up to 63A use plastic
boxes that are lightweight and
easy to install. They are suitable for
indoor and outdoor use being
appropriate for humid Interlock in
position I
environments.
Lateral access
to terminals
Earthing terminal
Padlockable handle
Large wiring space
Integrated joint
Easy opening
knockouts
Modularity Reliability
We can increase number of contact Auxiliary contacts are operated by the
blocks and auxiliaries by stacking them same shaft as power contacts, no risk
upwards in such a way that wiring of clipping flange breakups between
space and terminal access is not auxiliaries and main contacts. Even in
compromised. No need to increase the case of contact welding, auxiliary
enclosure width on 6/8P switches. contacts will always indicate according
to power contacts.
www.gave.com 97
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Sheet steel enclosure

Switches from 100A up to 250A are
mounted in steel sheet enclosures
with a surface treatment that
provides corrosion resistance.
Fixing cut outs for quick and Protection
degree IP65
easy installation in any type
facility.
Texturised epoxy
treatment
Door interlock
Cable gland plate
Reference system
Electrical schemes
See page 56
Serie 7 IP65 enclosure
Mounting
A B 552 2 1 0 7
Rating
Handle 1 16 A 6 63 A B 200 A
B padlock locking (red / yellow) 2 25 A 7 100 A C 250 A
C padlock locking (grey / black) 3 32 A 9 125 A
I front plate and screw handle

4 40 A A 160 A
Auxilliary contacts
A 1 simultaneous auxiliary contact (close at the same time with main contacts)
D 2 simultaneous auxiliary contacts (close at the same time with main contacts)
G 2 simultaneous auxiliary contacts 1NO+1NC (only on-off switches)
See page 24
98
IS Series
Dimensions
Enclosure size E0 87
130 103
M20
100 90 36
117
Enclosure size E1
M20-25
160 133
130 125 37
Enclosure size E2
300
250
34
250 200 200
54
Enclosure size E3
360
400
300 200 54 260
www.gave.com 99
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Technical data
Characteristic 16A 25A 32A 40A 63A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A
Thermal rating Ith A 20 30 40 50 70 100 125 160 200 250
Max. fuse protection (gG-aM) In A 25 25 40 40 80 125 125 160 200 250
Operating voltage Ue V~ 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Operational rating Ie A 16 25 32 40 63 100 125 160 200 250
Wire Flexible mm2 2,5 - 6 2,5 - 6 10 - 16 10 - 16 16 - 50 16 - 50 16 - 50 70 95 120
section AWG 10 10 6 6 6-1 6-1 6-1 - - -
Torque Nm 1,6 1,6 2 2 3,5 3,5 3,5 - - -
Connection screws M4 M4 M5 M5 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8
AC 22 kW 3 x 230V 4 7,5 7,5 11 22 30 30 37 45 55
Mixed load kW 3 x 400V 7,5 11 15 22 30 45 55 75 90 110
0,65 <cosØ <0,95 kW 3 x 500V 11 15 18,5 22 37 55 75 90 110 132
AC 23 kW 3 x 230V 3 4 5,5 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 30 38 -
Motor load VA kW 3 x 400V 5,5 7,5 11 18,5 22 30 37 52 65 -
0,45 <cosØ <0,65 kW 3 x 500V 7,5 11 15 22 30 37 45 65 80 -
Maximum cells number
Switch Enclosure size E0 E1 E2 E3

size Aux. cont. Cells num. 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3
D0 12-16-25A 5 - - - 8 - - - 11 - - - - - - -
25A 4 2 1 1 7 5 4 3 9 7 6 5 - - - -
Switch cells
D1 32A 4 2 1 1 7 5 4 3 9 7 6 5 - - - -
40A 2 2 1 1 7 5 4 3 9 7 6 5 - - - -
63A - - - - 4 3 2 2 6 5 4 4 6 5 4 3
D2
100-125A - - - - - - - - 6 5 4 4 6 5 4 3
D3 160-250A - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 1 3 3 3 2
GRP enclosed switches

Glass reinforced polyester enclosures are an adequate option on
those installations where we need high resistance to corrosion
and chemical attack but not compromising insulation and
impact resistance. Transparent polycarbonate cover can also be
used on applications that require regular visual inspection.
100
IS Series
Standard references
3 Poles Reference Enclosure Rating

 Handle  Handle Size Material
AB5521007 AC5521007 E0 Plastic 16A
AB5522107 AC5522107 E0 Plastic 25A
AB5523107 AC5523107 E0 Plastic 32A
AB5524107 AC5524107 E0 Plastic 40A
AB5526107 AC5526107 E1 Plastic 63A
AB5527107 AC5527107 E2 Metal 100A
AB5529107 AC5529107 E2 Metal 125A
AB552A107 AC552A107 E2 Metal 160A
AB552B107 AC552B107 E2 Metal 200A
AB552C107 AC552C107 E2 Metal 250A

AB5531007 AC5531007 E0 Plastic 16A
AB5532107 AC5532107 E0 Plastic 25A
AB5533107 AC5533107 E0 Plastic 32A
AB5534107 AC5534107 E0 Plastic 40A
AB5536107 AC5536107 E1 Plastic 63A
AB5537107 AC5537107 E2 Metal 100A
AB5539107 AC5539107 E2 Metal 125A
AB553A107 AC553A107 E2 Metal 160A
AB553B107 AC553B107 E2 Metal 200A
AB553C107 AC553C107 E2 Metal 250A

AB5561007 AC5561007 E0 Plastic 16A
AB5562107 AC5562107 E0 Plastic 25A
AB5563107 AC5563107 E0 Plastic 32A
AB5564107 AC5564107 E1 Plastic 40A
AB5566107 AC5566107 E1 Plastic 63A
AB5567107 AC5567107 E2 Metal 100A
AB5569107 AC5569107 E2 Metal 125A
AB556A107 AC556A107 E3 Metal 160A
AB556B107 AC556B107 E3 Metal 200A
AB556C107 AC556C107 E3 Metal 250A
www.gave.com 101
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Aluminium enclosed switches
«Your choice
on heavy duty
applications and
severe environments»
Switch-disconnectors installed in General characteristics

industrial facilities are often
exposed to environment pollution ▪ Aluminium AlSi 12
and accidental impacts. Aluminium ▪ Powder coating RAL7040
enclosures are characterised by ▪ High impact resistant IK09
good resistance to chemicals (10 Joule)
including hydraulic oils, solvents ▪ IP65 protection
and alcohols. Enclosure shock ▪ Threaded openings
resistance is guaranteed by high
aluminum strength. Heavy duty up to 690VAC
According to standards An advantage of die cast

aluminium enclosures is the
▪ IEC 60947-1/3 extensive operating
▪ EN 60529 temperatures range specially
when installed in areas with
heat spots or risk of hot
Applications material splashing. Disconnect

switches in aluminium
enclosures are rated to work
with 690V motors that we
typically find in this type of
installations.
Industrial pumps Paper mills Quarries
102
EMC Protection
Disturbance protected switch disconnectors
Modern industrial facilities are distinguished by increasingly including
electronic components and specially the widespread use of variable
frequency motor drives. Aluminium enclosures offer inherent EMC
characteristics making them an specially appropriate choice in installations
where electronic components are present. Dedicated EMC solutions with
specific screening systems can also be constructed upon demand.
Reference system
Serie
A B 552 2 1 0 8
Mounting
8 Aluminium enclosure
Handle
Rating
B padlock locking (red / yellow)
1 16 A 6 63 A B 200 A
C padlock locking (grey / black)
2 25 A 7 100 A C 250 A
I front plate and screw handle Electrical 3 32 A 9 125 A

schemes
See page 56
4 40 A A 160 A
Technical data
Stranded mm2 2,5 - 6 2,5 - 6 10 - 25 10 - 25 16 - 50 16 - 50 16 - 50 70 95 120
Wire
Flexible mm2 2,5 - 6 2,5 - 6 10 - 16 10 - 16 16 - 50 16 - 50 16 - 50 70 95 120
section
AWG 10 10 6 6 6-1 6-1 6-1 - - -
Torque Nm 1,6 1,6 2 2 3,5 3,5 3,5 - - -
AC 23 kW 3 x 230V 3 4 5,5 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 30 38 -
0,45 <cosØ <0,65 kW 3 x 500V 7,5 11 15 22 30 37 45 65 80 -
3 x 690V - 7,5 - 22 - 30 - - - -
www.gave.com 103
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Dimensions
Size 1AL Size 2AL
37
36
124
106
90
M25
73
M25
 100
 130
74
 64
 64
Size 3AL Size 4AL

53
37
164
124
111
M32
90
 160
74
 250
148
 64
 64
104
Standard references
3 Poles Reference Enclosure size Rating

 Handle  Handle Screw handle
AB5521008 AC5521008 AI5521008 1AL 16A
AB5522108 AC5522108 AI5522108 1AL 25A
AB5523108 AC5523108 AI5523108 1AL 32A
AB5524108 AC5524108 AI5524108 1AL 40A
AB5526108 AC5526108 AI5526108 2AL 63A
AB5527108 AC5527108 AI5527108 3AL 100A
AB5529108 AC5529108 AI5529108 3AL 125A
AB552A108 AC552A108 AI552A108 3AL 160A
AB552B108 AC552B108 AI552B108 4AL 200A
AB552C108 AC552C108 AI552C108 4AL 250A

AB5531008 AC5531008 AI5531008 1AL 16A
AB5532108 AC5532108 AI5532108 1AL 25A
AB5533108 AC5533108 AI5533108 1AL 32A
AB5534108 AC5534108 AI5534108 1AL 40A
AB5536108 AC5536108 AI5536108 2AL 63A
AB5537108 AC5537108 AI5537108 3AL 100A
AB5539108 AC5539108 AI5539108 3AL 125A
AB553A108 AC553A108 AI553A108 4AL 160A
AB553B108 AC553B108 AI553B108 4AL 200A
AB553C108 AC553C108 AI553C108 4AL 250A

AB5561008 AC5561008 AI5561008 1AL 16A
AB5562108 AC5562108 AI5562108 1AL 25A
AB5563108 AC5563108 AI5563108 1AL 32A
AB5564108 AC5564108 AI5564108 2AL 40A
AB5566108 AC5566108 AI5566108 2AL 63A
AB5567108 AC5567108 AI5567108 3AL 100A
AB5569108 AC5569108 AI5569108 3AL 125A
www.gave.com 105
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Stainless steel enclosed switches
«The answer to your hygiene

and safety needs in exposed
environments»
Environments where food and operations. It also must be

beverage are processed are considered the hazard of accidental
characterised by high level of shocks that risk producing bites on
hygienic demands in order to the enclosure surface.
ensure health safety on
processed products. According to standards
These environments are ▪ IEC 60947-1/3
characterised by the presence of ▪ EN 60529
acid corrosive elements in the air ▪ EN 62208
and solvents during cleaning
Applications
Catering Food and beverage Pharmaceutical
106
Highlights
Protection IP65
Cleaning processes in food environments involve the projection of pressurized
water on the surface. IP65 degree of protection involves a test with water
projection at very high pressure (6.3mm nozzle - 12.5L / min).
Stainless steel 316L

The steel grade 316L (EN 14404) stands out for its high resistance to corrosion
including saline and acid environments.
Special surface treatment with electropolishing minimises surface roughness
and prevents bacteria incrusting.
Special requests
An extensive range of customised solutions adapted specific application
requirements are available, these options include:
▪ Machined lid and / or enclosure.
▪ Fixing elements.
▪ Painting and marking finishings.
▪ EMC Protection joints.
Reference system
Serie
A B 552 2 1 0 9
Mounting
9 Stainless steel enclosure
Handle
Rating
B padlock locking (red / yellow)
1 16 A 6 63 A B 200 A
C padlock locking (grey / black)
2 25 A 7 100 A C 250 A
Electrical 3 32 A 9 125 A
schemes
See page 56
4 40 A A 160 A
www.gave.com 107
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Dimensions
Size 1IN Size 2IN Size 3IN

37
37
36
124
113
147
90
80
110
 110
 150
74
 64
 250
74
 64
 64
Technical data
Wire Flexible mm2 2,5 - 6 2,5 - 6 10 - 16 10 - 16 16 - 50 16 - 50 16 - 50 70 95 120
section AWG 10 10 6 6 6-1 6-1 6-1 - - -
Torque Nm 1,6 1,6 2 2 3,5 3,5 3,5 - - -
AC 22 kW 3 x 230V 4 7,5 7,5 11 22 30 30 37 45 55
Mixed load kW 3 x 400V 7,5 11 15 22 30 45 55 75 90 110
0,65 <cosØ <0,95 kW 3 x 500V 11 15 18,5 22 37 55 75 90 110 132
AC 23 kW 3 x 230V 3 4 5,5 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 30 38 -
0,45 <cosØ <0,65 kW 3 x 500V 7,5 11 15 22 30 37 45 65 80 -
108
Standard references

 Handle  Handle
AB5511009 AC5511009 1IN 16A

AB5512009 AC5512009 1IN 25A

AB5521009 AC5521009 1IN 16A

AB5522009 AC5522009 1IN 25A
AB5523109 AC5523109 2IN 32A
AB5524109 AC5524109 2IN 40A
AB5526109 AC5526109 3IN 63A
AB5527109 AC5527109 3IN 100A
AB5529109 AC5529109 3IN 125A

AB5561009 AC5561009 1IN 16A

AB5562009 AC5562009 1IN 25A
AB5563109 AC5563109 2IN 32A
AB5564109 AC5564109 2IN 40A
AB5566109 AC5566109 3IN 63A
AB5567109 AC5567109 3IN 100A
AB5569109 AC5569109 3IN 125A
Accessories
Reference Characteristics IP Grade Hole size

M25 M32
M25INOX Cable gland Inox IP66 

M32INOX Cable gland Inox IP66 
T25INOX Sealing plug Inox IP66 
T32INOX Sealing plug Inox IP66 
www.gave.com 109
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Fire rated switch disconnectors
F
PROTEC
Ventilation and smoke extraction sequences according to details

systems aim to help safe working specified on the standard.
conditions on building evacuation Gave engineering team has
and fire rescue operations, developed a product for these
diminishing roof temperatures and stringent conditions and passed
delaying lateral fire expansion in laboratory testing during a
order to permit an effective fight 200min. period. These tests
against fire expansion. endorse product qualifying under
Standard EN- 12101-3:2015 class F300, F400 and F600
applies to Smoke and heat control according to Table 8 on standard
systems detailing on part 3 EN 12101-3:2015.
specifications for powered smoke
and heat exhaust fans. In order to
guarantee installation safety under
Applications
emergency conditions all • Car Parks and tunnels
ventilation system components • Warehouse and industries
must comply with this standard • Workshops, industrial and
requirements, carrying test public buildings
110
Fire rated switch
disconnectors F
PROTEC
Design and innovation

A rapidly changing environment with increasing standard requirements
on design and installation characteristics, motivates a technical team used
to work on product solutions.
The employment of innovative engineering techniques, use of advanced
engineering tools, and operation with the latest manufacturing process,
guarantee an excellent final outcome.
Tests
The development of products rated to provide fire
resistance in order to guarantee electrical functional
integrity under extreme circumstances, does require the
employment of specialist laboratories capable to
reproduce, on a controlled manner, similar conditions to
those that take place when a fire occurs.
The recognized* AFITI laboratory has facilities that allow

constant pressure and temperature monitoring on the
testing area thus ensuring that the temperature curve is
replicated as established by the standard.
*ENAC Spanish recognized part of ILAC Cooperation Scheme
Certification
www.gave.com 111
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Reference system
F3 F-300  F4 F-400 
(only 25A) F6 F-600 
Serie Electrical scheme
F Class
A B X X X 41 F4 - A
Padlockable handle
B Padlockable in position 0
L Padlockable in position 0 and 1
Auxiliary contacts (12A)*
Rating A 1 N.O. auxiliary contact
D 2 N.O. auxiliary contacts
25 25A (only F-300) 91 125A G 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
21 25A A1 160A
41 40A B1 200A * Adding auxiliary
contacts
61 63A C1 250A might change
71 100A enclosures size.
Scan QR to check.
Temperature classification
Switch disconnectors testing
must be conducted according Temperature Minimun functioning
to procedures established in (ºC) period (minutes)
standard EN 12101-3:2015 F300 300 60
annex C. Fire rating categories
 F400 400 120
are based on temperature
and minimum time resistance F600 600 60
according to EN 13501-4.
Electrical schemes
552 Switch 3P 556 Switch 6P Auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary contacts are 25A Size 1.
5 6 5 6 W 11 12 11 12 X2 Auxiliary contacts identification number change based on the
3 4 3 4 Y 9 10 9 10 X number of switch cells.
1 2 1 2 U 7 8 7 8 O
C. AUX A C. AUX D C. AUX G
552 0 1 R S T 5 6 5 6 W 11 12 11 12 11 12
3 4 3 4 Y 9 10 9 10 9 10
1 2 1 2 U 7 8 7 8 7 8
0 1 5 6 5 6 5 6
556 R S T O X X2
3 4 3 4 3 4
1 2 1 2 1 2
0 1 0 1 0 1
112
Fire rated switch
disconnectors F
PROTEC
Technical characteristics
25A (F3) 25A (F4) 40A 63A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A
Thermal rating Ith A 25 32 40 70 100 125 160 200 250
Max. fuse protection (gG-aM) In (A) 25 25 40 80 125 125 160 200 250
Connection screws M4 M5 M5 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8
Terminals
Flexible wire mm2 6 16 16 50 50 50 70 95 120

Impulse voltage Uimp KV 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Conditional shortcircuit current Icc KA 6 6 6 8 8 8 - - -
Operating voltage Ue V~ 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Insulating voltage V~ 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Operating rating Ie A 25 25 40 63 100 125 160 200 250
Screw torque Nm 1,6 2 2 3,5 3,5 3,5 12 12 12
AC 23 kW 3 x 230V 4 4 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 30 38 55*
Motor load VA kW 3 x 400V 7,5 7,5 18,5 22 30 37 52 65 110*
0,45 <cosØ <0,65 kW 3 x 500V 11 11 22 30 37 45 65 80 132*
Special requests
The large variety of installations that require this have at your service a technical office specialised
type of products often demand special product on this type of specific demands.
versions to particular needs.
When requiring adaptations such as auxiliary
contacts, particular angle positions, specific
enclosure surface treatments or colours, cable
glands, fixing elements, reflecting handles,… we
www.gave.com 113
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
Stringent requirements according to standards EN 12101-3 have originated
a highly demanding research task aiming to reach optimal resistance to
high temperature operation
Enclosure
The enclosure has direct contact
with the heating source and acts
as a firewall diminishing direct
heat into the switch.
F-300 Advanced materials

High performance polymers mixed with additives
succeed to obtain high temperature switches able to
resist erosion while offering stable dimensions under
high temperature conditions (controlled CTE) while
F-400
keeping component lubricity and mechanical
performance.
• F300 switch can be identified by its Light brown
exterior colour. Employed materials offer excellent
characteristics to temperature changes.
• The switch body on the F400 and F600 present a
F-600 larger size containing specific mechanical elements IP65 protection
on materials resistant to high temperatures. Sealing injected on the
• We recognise F400 switches by its external black enclosure lid ensuring an
colour whereas class F600 switches are identifies by IP65 degree of protection
its white colour. according to EN 60529.
114
Fire rated switch
disconnectors F
PROTEC
Auxiliary contacts
Maximum reliability, contact cams
operated with the same shaft of main
contacts. Construction with the same
materials as main contacts avoids
temperature related unbalance. Surface finish
Enclosure coated with epoxy
polyester powder grey colour
(RAL 7032 aluminium -7035
steel) semi-gloss textured made
by electrostatic projection and
high temperature oven dry.
This treatment provides
excellent protection against
chemical agents.
Cabling
Connection is made
through two threaded
metric entries placed
one on the enclosure
Handle
top face and the other
Safety/emergency handle with padlockable facility
on the bottom face.
(up to 4 padlocks) on the disconnect position in
order to guarantee safety during maintenance
operations. Optionally padlockable in all positions.
www.gave.com 115
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
F300 / F400 Rated switch disconnectors
General characteristics F300 Classification characteristics requirements under

IEC 947-3 when operating on
The range of F300 and F400 switch F300 switches are based on
normal conditions.
disconnectors share the aluminium advanced polyether polymers that
are widely used on the motor and To guarantee insulation
enclosures that offer a high IP and
aeronautic industry due to its high characteristics we need the use of
IK rating. The F300 range is limited
temperature resistance combined an specific contact block dedicated
at 40A and the F400 is limited to
with excellent wear, chemical and to F400 classified switches.
125A when using aluminium
hydrolytic behaviour. Mechanical components also must
enclosures. F400 higher ratings
be modified in order to pass
(160-250A) use lightweight sheet
F400 Classification product testing sequence which
steel enclosures for easy handling
requires a minimum functioning
and installation. All the range The stringent requirements on
period of 120 minutes.
follows a surface treatment class F400 under fire conditions
consisting of a epoxy polyester require the use of special
powder coating by electrostatic composite materials that must
projection and high temperature combine good resistance to
oven drying that provides extreme temperatures while
excellent protection against maintaining electrical
chemical agents.
116
Fire rated switch
disconnectors F
PROTEC
Dimensions
Box size 1AL Box size 2AL Box size 3AL Box size 4AL
F-300 25A 3P/6P F-300 40A 3P/6P F-400 40-63A 3P / 63A 6P F-400 100-125A 3P / 63-100-125A 6P
F-400 25A 3P/6P
53
37
37
36
164
124
124
111
106
M32
90
90
M25
73
M25
 100
 130
 160
74
74
 250
 64
148
 64
 64
 64
Box size E3F Box size E4F

F-400 160-200A 3P F-400 250A 3P / 160-200A-250A 6P
54
54
304
254
250
200
 400
 400
149
149
 64  64
300
www.gave.com 117
Enclosed switch
disconnectors
F300 / F400 Rated switch disconnectors

Standard references
F-300 Class
3 Poles
Reference Enclosure size Rating
AB55225F3 1AL 25 A
AB55241F3 2AL 40 A
6 Poles
AB55625F3 1AL 25 A
AB55641F3 2AL 40 A
F-400 Class
3 Poles
AB55221F4 2AL 25 A
AB55241F4 2AL 40 A
AB55261F4 3AL 63 A
AB55271F4 4AL 100 A
AB55291F4 4AL 125 A
AB552A1F4 E3F 160 A
AB552B1F4 E4F 200 A
AB552C1F4 E4F 250 A
6 Poles
AB55621F4 2AL 25 A
AB55641F4 3AL 40 A
AB55661F4 4AL 63 A
AB55671F4 4AL 100 A
AB55691F4 4AL 125 A
AB556A1F4 E3F 160 A
AB556B1F4 E4F 200 A
AB556C1F4 E4F 250 A
118
Fire rated switch
disconnectors F
PROTEC
F-600
Constructing F600 switch disconnectors does require
the use of very special materials able to overcome
the extreme conditions under this category.
The enclosure is on cold-laminated steel resistant to
600ºC temperature.
Developing a particular mechanical block for high
temperature has also improved switch behaviour
under short-circuit conditions while keeping
electrical performing characteristics when
operating under normal conditions.
Dimensions Enclosure size 1AC Enclosure size 2AC

F-600 25-40A 3P/6P F-600 63-100-125A 3P/6P
37
37
169
135
129
95
 150
74
 200
74
 64
 64
Standard references
Reference Poles Enclosure size Rating

AB55221F6 3P 1AC 25 A
AB55241F6 3P 1AC 40 A
AB55261F6 3P 2AC 63 A
AB55271F6 3P 2AC 100 A
AB55291F6 3P 2AC 125 A
AB55621F6 6P 2AC 25 A
AB55641F6 6P 2AC 40 A
AB55661F6 6P 2AC 63 A
AB55671F6 6P 2AC 100 A
AB55691F6 6P 2AC 125 A
www.gave.com 119
122 Manual changeover Switches LD Series
123 Product overview
126 Reference system
127 Electrical Schemes
128 Dimensions
130 References
132 Accessories
133 Mounting Scheme
134 Motorised switches Y Series

138 Dimensions
140 Motorised changeover switches
141 Overlapping motorised changeover switches
142 Multiple ways motorised changeover switches
143 Multiple sources motorised changeover switches
144 Phase selector motorised changeover switches
145 Motorised switches
146 Automatic transfer switch (ATS)

151 ATS with signalling
152 ATS with measuring
153 ATS with emergency function
154 ATS with controller
156 ATS with By-pass
Changeover
transfer switches
Changeover transfer switches
LD Series
Manual changeover Switches
«A complete range of easy installation
source changeover and by bypass switches
for safe and reliable local operation»
Modern industry and services need The LD range of manual changeover to side products are eliminated.
to secure power supply in their switches is an outstanding product
Flexible constructional design
installations and in order to line that appears as a compact, makes possible multiple
flexible and highly performing configurations adapting to number
guarantee power availability many
solution to your load transfer of poles, circuit interlock, circuit
systems are connecting two
needs. A modern range that has overlap and by-pass requirements.
sources to the same load. been designed for easy of Flexibility is also extended to
A wide variety of on load transfer installation and safety of use. auxiliary contacts that can be set
systems are available in the to specific demands.
A compact footprint thanks to the
market, on basic systems we shall integration of two circuits plus Easy and quick installation of all
use locally operated manual connection bridge in the same cell. sizes that can be snapped on to a
changeover switches. Space and bridge problems of side DIN rail and there is no need to
122
LD Series
Product overview
DIN rail mounting manual Direct panel mounting
changeover switches manual changeover
Quick installation and easy inline switches
connection. See page 28
Compact range on control and

Changeover with off
position power switch with frontal or side
63-250A operation.
Size D0
12-25A
Changeover with
overlapping Size D1
63-250A 32-63A AC22
Size D2
Bypass changeover 63-125A
63-250A
Size D3
Enclosed changeover 160-250A
switches
Robust sheet steel enclosures with
interlock safety device.
install bridges. Compact inline

design allows installation in Applications
confined spaces and simple • Manual sources transfers
phase recognition. • OEM changeover systems
Safety of use is guaranteed by • Variable frequency drivers
fixed positions and high • Battery supply systems
dielectric performance with the • Maintenance by-pass systems
use of advanced materials on
the body cells.
www.gave.com 123
 Changeover
switching
High performance
switching technology
providing safety
isolation, outstanding
electrical endurance
and high make/break
capacity.
 Installation
Easy in-line cable
connection No
installation
LD Series difficulties as
common link and
Manual changeover Switches mechanical interlock
are internally built-in.
The LD Changeover product range are on load changeover switches The switch can be
equipped with front manual operation. turnaround adapting
They provide transfer of sources or changeover of two low voltage circuits to the installation
on load as well as safety disconnect isolation. requirements.
 Flexibility
• IEC 60947-1 Electrical scheme
• IEC 60947-3 flexibility allows for
special schemes such
General characteristics Enclosed characteristics as by-pass,
• Easy and quick DIN rail • Bespoke for industrial overlapping, auxiliary
mounting. environments with mechanical contacts, special
• Compact integrated size. risk and dust hazard. number of poles.
• Integrated internal common • Protection degree: IP65 / IK10.
link. • Polyester-epoxy powder
• Protected cable clamp coating colour grey 7035  Safety
connection IP20 (63 to 125A). textured. Padlockable handles
• Terminals with screen • Bottom removable gland plate for safety locking on
protection cover (160 to 250A). with neoprene joint finished to disconnection
• Auxiliary contacts directly shaft match the enclosure. position. Protected
operated. • Two earthing points M6 x 15. terminals and screen
• Range of accessories. cover to avoid risk
• Electrical scheme flexibility. hazard under voltage.
124
LD Series
Integrated link Door interlock

Common link internally Reliable door interlock with
integrated saving installation shaft position constrain and
time and avoiding coupling driver to adjust
misconnection. prolonged shaft tolerances.
Auxiliary Contacts
Power contacts and
auxiliary signalling
contacts are all directly
operated on the same
shaft. No risk of false
indication.
Installation
Designed to mount
directly on DIN rail.
Easy connection
Compact Size Easy to wire with two
Integrating two circuits on each levels of connection
cell permits an extra compact that prove specially
size. Up to 40% space saving to smart on maintenance
conventional switches. operations.
www.gave.com 125
Reference system
A One auxiliary 6 63 A 7 100 A
Aux. contacts 9 125 A A 160 A
B 200 A C 250 A
Serie Rating
LD 56 3 6 10 0
Version
Electrical scheme 0 Open type
56x Changeover switch 7 Enclosed
57x Changeover switch without 0 Poles
54x Changeover switch with overlapping 2 Three poles
98x Changeover switch with by-pass 3 Four poles
Technical data
Description 63A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A
Thermal rating Ith A 70 100 125 160 200 250
Max. fuse protection (gG-aM) In (A) 80 125 125 200 230 250
Impulse voltage Uimp KV 4 4 4 4 4 4
Conditional shortcircuit current Icc KA 8 8 8 - - -
Operating voltage Ue V~ 690 690 690 690 690 690
Insulating voltage V~ 690 690 690 690 690 690
Insulating voltage V… 600 600 600 600 600 600
Operational rating Ie A 63 100 125 160 200 250
Stranded mm2 16 - 50 16 - 50 16 - 50 70 95 120

Wire section
Flexible mm2 16 - 50 16 - 50 16 - 50 70 95 120
AWG 6-1 6-1 6-1 - - -
Torque Nm 3,5 3,5 3,5 - - -
Connection screws M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8
Terminal
kW 3 x 230V 22 37 37 45 55 75
AC 21 Dummy kW 3 x 400V 37 55 75 90 110 132
cosØ >0,95 kW 3 x 500V 45 75 90 110 132 160
kW 3 x 230V 22 30 30 37 45 55
AC 22 Mixed load kW 3 x 400V 30 45 55 75 90 110
0,65 <cosØ <0,95 kW 3 x 500V 37 55 75 90 110 132
kW 3 x 230V 15 18,5 18,5 30 38 -
AC 23 Motor load kW 3 x 400V 22 30 37 52 65 -
0,45 <cosØ <0,65 kW 3 x 500V 30 37 45 65 80 -
126
LD Series
Electrical Schemes
Electrical Scheme Flexibility 56x Changeover 1-0-2 54x Changeover with

Technology based on cells offers overlapping I - I+II - II
great flexibility on electrical
schemes. Auxiliary contact Auxiliary contact
We are able to build up on Scheme 563 Scheme 543
demand switches on typical Scheme 562 Scheme 542
applications such as by-pass, or
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15
motor switches, ... { { { { { { { { 17 19 { { { { { { { { 17 19
{ { { {
{ { { { { { { { { {
{ { { { { { { {
{ {
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 20
1 I
0 I+II
2 II
98x Changeover with by-pass
Uninterruptible power systems R S T N
have become a widespread Scheme 984

requirement when designing Scheme 983
industrial and services facilities. 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23
{ { { { { { { { { { { {
Maintenance of these facilities is
{ { { { { { { { { { { {
a real problem since they must 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 A B C D
operate 24/7 and can not risk 1 U.P.S
downtime associated costs. Gave 0 E F G H
LD series offer an ideal solution 2

with bypass switches that isolate
the UPS while guaranteeing
supply continuity. LD bypass
switches are characterized by R1 S1 T1 N1
their extremely compact size and
easy wiring since all connecting
bridges are integrated from origin.
A stable OFF position assures all AC 23 On load switching
circuits safe disconnection.
Modern production processes extensively use drive
inverters for motor operation, these drives require II
maintenance processes that may involve production line I
downtimes. LD changeover switches are able to perform VFD
connect/disconnect operations under AC23 loads, II
therefore we can use LD bypass switches during inverter
maintenance operations to isolate the inverter while
guaranteeing energy supply to the production line. M
www.gave.com 127
Dimensions
63A Scheme L
562/542 147,5
563/543 164
97
66
983 180,5
984 197
78,5 16,5
164
110
100A-125A
Scheme L
562/542 147,5
66
563/543 164
97
983 180,5
169 984 197
78,5 16,5
123 164
160A-200A-250A
Scheme L
562/542 165
153
66
563/543 198
169
983 231
984 264
33
78,5
123 198
Auxiliary contacts
90
20,7
58,6
128
LD Series
Enclosed changeover switches

Enclosure size E2
350
250
34
250 200 200
54
Enclosure size E3
360
400
300 200 54 260
Enclosure size E4
360
400
400 200 54 360
www.gave.com 129
References
Standard
Poles Aux. C. Scheme 63 A 100 A 125 A

3 562 LD5626100 LD5627100 LD5629100
3  562 LDA626100 LDA627100 LDA629100
4 563 LD5636100 LD5637100 LD5639100
4  563 LDA636100 LDA637100 LDA639100
Poles Aux. C. Scheme 160A 200A 250A

3 562 LD562A100 LD562B100 LD562C100
3  562 LDA62A100 LDA62B100 LDA62C100
4 563 LD563A100 LD563B100 LD563C100
4  563 LDA63A100 LDA63B100 LDA63C100
Changeover switches with overlapping I - I+II - II

3 542 LD5426100 LD5427100 LD5429100
3  542 LDA426100 LDA427100 LDA429100
4 543 LD5436100 LD5437100 LD5439100
4  543 LDA436100 LDA437100 LDA439100

3 542 LD542A100 LD542B100 LD542C100
3  542 LDA42A100 LDA42B100 LDA42C100
4 543 LD543A100 LD543B100 LD543C100
4  543 LDA43A100 LDA43B100 LDA43C100
Changeover switches 1-0-2 with by-pass

3+6 983 LD9836100 LD9837100 LD9839100
3+6  983 LDA836100 LDA837100 LDA839100
4+8 984 LD9846100 LD9847100 LD9849100
4+8  984 LDA846100 LDA847100 LDA849100

3+6 983 LD983A100 LD983B100 LD983C100
3+6  983 LDA83A100 LDA83B100 LDA83C100
4+8 984 LD984A100 LD984B100 LD984C100
4+8  984 LDA84A100 LDA84B100 LDA84C100
130
LD Series
Enclosed
Poles Enclosure Scheme 63 A 100 A 125 A

3 E2 562 LDA626107 LDA627107 LDA629107
4 E3 563 LDA636107 LDA637107 LDA639107
Poles Enclosure Scheme 160A 200A 250A

3 E3 562 LDA62A107 LDA62B107 LDA62C107
4 E4 563 LDA63A107 LDA63B107 LDA63C107
Changeover switches with overlapping I - I+II - II

3 E2 542 LDA426107 LDA427107 LDA429107
4 E3 543 LDA436107 LDA437107 LDA439107

3 E3 542 LDA42A107 LDA42B107 LDA42C107
4 E4 543 LDA43A107 LDA43B107 LDA43C107
Changeover switches 1-0-2 with by-pass

3+6 E2 983 LDA836107 LDA837107 LDA839107
4+8 E3 984 LDA846107 LDA847107 LDA849107

3+6 E4 983 LDA83A107 LDA83B107 LDA83C107
4+8 E4 984 LDA84A107 LDA84B107 LDA84C107
NOTE: all enclosed switches includes 1 auxiliary contact
www.gave.com 131
Accessories

standard 
optional
Accessories compatibility table
63 A        
100 A     
125 A     
160 A      
200 A      
250 A      
Padlockable Handles
References Colour Handle
AK1200526  red/yellow Short
AK1200528  red/yellow Lever
AK1200146  black/grey Short
AK1200148  black/grey Lever
Protection Gasket IP65

Reference Description
AK2240006 IP65 gasket protection 8mm.
Mounting kits
LK0800006 Shaft 200 mm
LK1720006 External handle with interlock
Cage terminals
X1
References Rating A A1 C R ØX X1 Z Poles

R ØX
5400 3016 160 47,5 22,5 25 20 8,5 M12 10 3P
Z
C
5400 4016 160 47,5 22,5 25 20 8,5 M12 10 4P
A
A1
5400 3025 200...250 62 31,5 31,5 25 10,5 M16 15 3P
5400 4025 200...250 62 31,5 31,5 25 10,5 M16 15 4P
132
LD Series
Mounting Scheme
Adaptability
The switch can be turned
around for installation purposes
adapting to cable input/output
requirements.
carga/load
2
1
1
carga/load
2
www.gave.com 133
«Smart solution on your remote operated changeover

applications combining high performance switching
technology with functional installation requirements»
Motorised switches
Gave Y Series motorised Modern industrial and service are also demanding for systems
changeover switches have been companies require standby power that guarantee power supply
designed to perform distant systems in order to avoid high costs continuity. Therefore an increasing
changeover operations. related to supply breakdowns. An number of installations demand
increasing number of countries are source changeover products
They secure electromechanical
approving new legislation involving covering this function.
reliability in all sort of applications:
backup power sources on business
transfer supply-generator with or Motorised changeover switches
and administration installations
without break, main switch, multi- are an ideal response to the
open to public service. Rising
ple source switch, by-pass, ... practical requirements of remote
residential comfort requirements
134
Motorised switches
Product overview
Standard Motorised Special Motorised
changeover switches changeover switches
Easy connection, input sources
on top and load output on
bottom. Overlapping
63-250A
40-63A AC22
Multiple ways
40-250A
63-100-125A
Multiple sources
160-200-250A 63-250A
Motorised switch Phase selector

disconnectors 40-250A
40-250A
changeover operations.
Industrial and commercial low Applications
voltage distribution systems • Automatic transfer supplies.
install motorised changeover • System automation.
switches that additional to • Condominium power supplies.
remote changeover operation • Battery supply systems.
also offer local operation • Emergency supplies.
adding safety on the installation • IT power supply systems.
on emergency circumstances or • Ventilation and heating systems.
maintenance conditions.
www.gave.com 135
 Changeover
switching
High performance
switching technology
providing safety
isolation, outstanding
electrical endurance and
high make/break
capacity. Built-in internal
link integrates two
circuits.
 Installation
Easy cable connection
Motorised switches on base mounted

product. No installation
difficulties as common
Gave Y series motorised - Operation counter. link, mechanical and
changeover switches have been - Abnormal voltage supply electrical interlock are
designed to perform remote protection.
internally built-in.
changeover operations. • Complete set:
Saving time and start-up
According to standards - Integrated auxiliary contacts,
problems.
shaft linked to the
• IEC 60947-3
changeover unit.
• IEC 60947-6-1
- Internal common link
 Control
• IEC 61000
integrated in contact chamber. Your equipment is run
- One input signal available for
by electronic control
General characteristics each changeover switch that commands
• Switch element: mechanical position. motorised operations
- Load break switch at 90º. - Digital display allows reading
and informs on
- Silver alloy contacts. out changeover position and operation mode and
- Easy terminal accessibility.
status. position status. In case
- Connection on protected of multiple orders,
- Plug-in terminal block for
cable clamps. switching priorities are
signal connection.
- Body cells on self- established by program.
- Power supplies 12, 24 and
extinguishing GRP.
48V DC, and 80 to 230V AC.
• Driving element:
- Mechanical operation driven
- Compact dimensions.  Safety
- Rear panel fixing. Local operation
by DC electric motor.
- Motor operation - Endurance: > 30.000 on load guarantees safe
electronically controlled. operations and 50.000 disconnection under all
• Control element: mechanical operations. circumstances.
- Electronic control by magnetic - Manual operation overrides
position recognition. automatic operation.
136
Motorised switches
Control terminals
Simple push-in
terminals controlling
the switch.
Compact
motor block
Protected
against unstable
power supply. Operations counter
3 shaft pushes and
blinking digit will
indicate number of
operations.
Phase barriers
Safety isolation
Visual indication
between terminals.
Digital position
readout. Manual
operation red LED
lights on.
Manual operation
Possibility to perform
manual backup
operation.
Auxiliary contacts
Operated with the same
shaft as power contacts.
Padlockable
handle
Up to 4 padlocks
on maintenance
conditions.
Protection Screen
Supplied from origin
on cable lug
connection units.
www.gave.com 137
Dimensions
40A - 63A AC22 87 80
20 Scheme L
561/541 116
31,5
562/542 128
26
563/543 140
568 177
135
104
99
569 187
64
72
392 157
393 177
580 127
L 24
63A - 100A - 125A L 113
20 89 24
Scheme L
561/541 161,5
562/542 178
26
563/543 194,5
568 215,5
147
146,5 569 232
105
101,5
392 192,5
393 225,5
611 172
160A - 200A - 250A L 113
20 89 24 Scheme L
561/541 194,5
26
562/542 227,5
563/543 260,5
568 397
569 430
105
185
392 341
393 374
611 209
Rotary cam technology: Unbeatable electrical endurance

IEC 60947-6-1 establish an applications. By design Cam Switching
electrical endurance of 1500 technology is made for constant
operations as standard category operations and proves an ideal
and 6000 operations in A type solution to this field operation. Where
category. However on remote areas lever or block technologies show their
where using generators as PRP we limits, motorised changeover switches
can get up to 1000 transfer based on cam technology are the right
operations per year and therefore technology that has been tested for
standard electrical endurance is 30.000 electrical operations.
clearly insufficient to real field
138
Motorised switches
Reference system 4 40 A 9 125 A
5 63 A AC22 A 160 A
L Ratings 6 to C
6 63 A B 200 A
- Ratings 4 and 5
7 100 A C 250 A
Position
Serie Rating
Y L 56 3 6 10 1
Version
Electrical scheme 0 Automatic
56x Changeover switch 1 Automatic/manual
57x Changeover switch without 0
Supply
54x Changeover switch with overlapping
39x 0 + 3 Position changeover switch 10 12V DC
611 R-0-S-T Phase selector switch Poles 20 24V DC
55x Switch disconnector 40 48V DC
1 Two poles
30 80 to 230V AC
2 Three poles
PV Photovoltaic application (12VDC)
3 Four poles
Technical data
63A
Description 40A 63A 100A 125A 160A 200A 250A
AC22
Rated voltage/frequency V/Hz 690V/ 50Hz
Thermal rating Ith (A) 50 70 70 100 125 160 200 250
Operational rating Ie (A) 40 63 63 100 125 160 200 250
AC-21 400V AC kW 28 44 44 69 87 111 139 173
AC-22 400V AC kW 22 35 - - - - - -
AC-23 400V AC kW 18,5 - 37 45 55 60 75 90
Peak consumption A 2 2 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5
Nominal consumption mA 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
Weight gr 1.200 1.200 2.250 2.250 2.250 2.850 2.850 2.850
Supply voltage V DC 12V +15%
Wire section
Stranded mm2 6-25 6-25 16-50 16-50 16-50 70 95 120
Flexible mm2 6-16 6-16 16-50 16-50 16-50 70 95 120
Tightening torque Nm 2 3,5 3,5 3,5 3,5 6 6 6
Connection screws M5 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8
Terminal
www.gave.com 139
Motorised changeover switches

Function
Motorised changeover switches
are aimed to perform remote or
local on load changeover
operations. They also offer
disconnection position
guaranteeing circuit safety
isolation. Actuator can be locked at
position 0 during maintenance
operations.
Characteristics
LOAD • Compact size, small footprint.
• Internal bridges.
• Electronic position display with
operation counter.
• Very low consumption.
• Integrated auxiliary contacts.
References
From 40 to 63A (AC22)
A 2 Poles 3 Poles 4 Poles

12V DC 24V DC 80...230V AC 12V DC 24V DC 80...230V AC 12V DC 24V DC 80...230V AC
40 Y-5614101 Y-5614201 Y-5614301 Y-5624101 Y-5624201 Y-5624301 Y-5634101 Y-5634201 Y-5634301

63 AC22 Y-5615101 Y-5615201 Y-5615301 Y-5625101 Y-5625201 Y-5625301 Y-5635101 Y-5635201 Y-5635301
From 63 to 125A

63 YL5616101 YL5616201 YL5616301 YL5626101 YL5626201 YL5626301 YL5636101 YL5636201 YL5636301

From 160 to 250A

160 YL561A101 YL561A201 YL561A301 YL562A101 YL561A201 YL562A301 YL563A101 YL561A201 YL563A301
200 YL561B101 YL561B201 YL561B301 YL562B101 YL561B201 YL562B301 YL563B101 YL561B201 YL563B301
250 YL561C101 YL561C201 YL561C301 YL562C101 YL561C201 YL562C301 YL563C101 YL561C201 YL563C301
Power supply external from the motorswitch unit on 230Vac type
140
Motorised switches
Overlapping motorised
changeover switches
Function Characteristics
Overlapping motorised • Integrated mechanical and
changeover switches perform on electrical interlock.
load switching operations between • Low consumption.
two independent sources without • Operation counter.
electrical break between both • No break position.
positions thus guaranteeing power • No circuit isolation.
supply continuity.
Two incoming supplies are
integrated in a single unit
manoeuvred with remote electric
control or local manual operation.
Power batteries applications

Motorised changeover switches are able to meet particular
requirements related to supply systems based on power
batteries.
These systems present particular challenges related to direct
current loads and regular switching operations.
Standard Y Series are able to perform on load operations on
MANU
AL
ION
POSIT
battery systems up to 48Vdc. Above this voltage dedicated
solutions are also available.
Cam technology is the best way to overcome difficulties
related to mechanical and electrical endurance on
applications with a large number of on load operations.
Construction flexibility also permit to mount 2 pole products
that present compact size also meaning cost savings.
References


160 YL541A101 YL541A201 YL541A301 YL542A101 YL542A201 YL542A301 YL543A101 YL543A201 YL543A301
200 YL541B101 YL541B201 YL541B301 YL542B101 YL542B201 YL542B301 YL543B101 YL543B201 YL543B301
250 YL541C101 YL541C201 YL541C301 YL542C101 YL542C201 YL542C301 YL543C101 YL543C201 YL543C301
www.gave.com 141
Multiple ways motorised ¿Centralised actuator or
changeover switches single way actuator on

distribution boards?
When designing incoming/
Function outgoing distribution
Gave multiple ways motorised boards on residential
changeover switches are aimed to installations the question
perform remote or local about using individually
dedicated changeovers for
changeover operations in multiple
each outgoing load or using
double or triple pole lines by using
multiple ways changeovers
a single actuator. They are also able will necessarily rise. Three
to fulfil circuit safe isolation when main elements (control,
operating as a switch disconnector. space and cost) will
determine your selection.
Characteristics If we intend to maximise
• 4 Way double pole or 3 Way control on each outgoing
triple pole. supply we must use
• 40A up to 250A. individual actuator
• Up to 60% space saving. motorised changeover for
each output, this will avoid
MANUAL
POSITIO
N
• Cost effective.
one household defective
conditions or maintenance
Applications operations interfering in
other household lines.
However this solution does
require large space
allocation and carries
4
3
significant cost increases,
2 Single way actuator Multiple ways actuator therefore on those
1
installations where these
criteria are relevant the
multiple way changeovers
568 1Ph + N 4 Outputs
are the right solution.
568 3Ph + N 2 Outputs
569 3Ph 3 Outputs
References A Ph+N 4 Ways Changeover 3Ph 3 Ways Changeover

12V DC 24V DC 80...230V AC 12V DC 24V DC 80...230V AC
40 Y-5684101 Y-5684201 Y-5684301 Y-5694101 Y-5694201 Y-5694301

63 AC22 Y-5685101 Y-5685201 Y-5685301 Y-5695101 Y-5695201 Y-5695301
63 YL5686101 YL5686201 YL5686301 YL5696101 YL5696201 YL5696301
100 YL5687101 YL5687201 YL5687301 YL5697101 YL5697201 YL5697301
125 YL5689101 YL5689201 YL5689301 YL5699101 YL5699201 YL5699301
160 YL569A101 YL569A201 YL569A301
200 YL569B101 YL569B201 YL569B301
250 YL569C101 YL569C201 YL569C301
142
Motorised switches
Multiple sources
motorised changeover switches Function
Multiple sources motorised
changeover switches perform on
load switching operations between
1 2 three independent sources. All
circuits are integrated in a single
unit manoeuvred with remote
electric control or local manual
operation.
MANUA
L POSITI
ON
Characteristics
12V
3A
• Integrated mechanical and

electrical interlock.
• Low consumption.
• Operation counter.
• Compact size (up to 60%
LOAD
space saving).
Hybrid Highlights
We can use Reliable Four position
standard interlock changeover
Integrated switch
multisource
electrical and All in/out lines
changeover mechanical operated with a
switches on those installations interlock. single actuator.
where renewable source
energy has been converted to Integrated
AC current. bridges
Internal and
Installations switching directly external bridges
on DC currents require mounted from
dedicated product solutions. origin.
References A 3 Poles 4 Poles

63 YL3926101 YL3926201 YL3926301 YL3936101 YL3936201 YL3936301

100 YL3927101 YL3927201 YL3927301 YL3937101 YL3937201 YL3937301
125 YL3929101 YL3929201 YL3929301 YL3939101 YL3939201 YL3939301
160 YL392A101 YL392A201 YL392A301 YL393A101 YL393A201 YL393A301
200 YL392B101 YL392B201 YL392B301 YL393B101 YL393B201 YL393B301
250 YL392C101 YL392C201 YL392C301 YL393C101 YL393C201 YL393C301
www.gave.com 143
Phase selector motorised

changeover switches Function
Phase motorised changeover
switches perform automatic phase
selection operations in order to
maintain power supply continuity
on single phase loads. Local
manual selection is also possible.
Disconnection function and circuit
isolation are also featured.
Characteristics
• Integrated mechanical and
electrical interlock.
• Disconnection position.
R
• Compact size (up to 60%
S
space saving).
T
Highlights
CONTROLLER Reliable
interlock
MANUAL Integrated
MANU
AL
ION
POSIT
PO electrical and
12V
mechanical
3A
interlock.
Mechanical
L output phase
N
indication
Automatic or
manual output
References line selection.
A Supply voltage
12V DC 24V DC 80...230V AC
40 Y-5804101 Y-5804201 Y-5804301

63 AC22 Y-5805101 Y-5805201 Y-5805301
63 YL6116101 YL6116201 YL6116301
100 YL6117101 YL6117201 YL6117301
125 YL6119101 YL6119201 YL6119301
160 YL611A101 YL611A201 YL611A301
200 YL611B101 YL611B201 YL611B301
250 YL611C101 YL611C201 YL611C301
References 580 do not include 0 position.
144
Motorised switches
Motorised switches Function

Motorised switch disconnectors are intended to
conduct remote make/break operations managed by
electric control. They also offer local manual operation
with padlockable handle providing circuit safe isolation
during maintenance activities.
Characteristics
• Standard 3 or 4Poles. 6 and 8 P available.
References
From 40 to 63A (AC22)
A 3 Poles 4 Poles
40 Y-5524101 Y-5524201 Y-5524301 Y-5534101 Y-5534201 Y-5534301

63 AC22 Y-5525101 Y-5525201 Y-5525301 Y-5535101 Y-5535201 Y-5535301
From 63 to 125A
A 3 Poles 4 Poles
63 YL5526101 YL5526201 YL5526301 YL5536101 YL5536201 YL5536301

100 YL5527101 YL5527201 YL5527301 YL5537101 YL5537201 YL5537301
125 YL5529101 YL5529201 YL5529301 YL5539101 YL5539201 YL5539301
From 160 to 250A
A 3 Poles 4 Poles
160 YL552A101 YL552A201 YL552A301 YL553A101 YL553A201 YL553A301

200 YL552B101 YL552B201 YL552B301 YL553B101 YL553B201 YL553B301
250 YL552C101 YL552C201 YL552C301 YL553C101 YL553C201 YL553C301
Dimensions
63A - 100A - 125A 160A - 200A - 250A
179 112 115,8 112
20 88 24 20 88 24
26
26
146,5
105
105
191
101
www.gave.com 145
«A comprehensive range of power transfer units

integrating on load motorised changeover and user
friendly control logic reassuring your electrical needs.»
Automatic transfer switch (ATS)
Strong competition has made common place on modern Gave Yseries motorised
industries, commercial and service installations from small business to changeover switches are the core
companies increasingly large scale facilities. of automatic transfer units offering
dependent on power supply. state of the art electromechanical
A comprehensive range of
Preventing consequences of integration within an extraordinary
Automatic Transfer Switches has compact size. They have been
power failure has become a
been developed by Gave based on designed to perform remote
critical element for customer
his extensive on the field switching operations while also
service and business profitability.
experience. Design has been done offering local manual actuation
Generator and auxiliary power considering installation including circuit disconnection and
supply systems have become requirements and user real needs. safe isolation.
146
Product overview
Automatic Transfer Compact ATS
Switch Units with controller
ATS + Measuring ATS + controller

63-250A 63-250A
Automatic Transfers
with By-pass
ATS
40-250A
ATS + By-pass
Single line
63-250A
ATS + Emergency
40-250A
ATS + By-pass
Special products Double line
63-250A
Special ATS
ATS based on control relays logic

feature easy setup characteristics and Applications
are specially adequate on residential
• Residential and condominiums.
and commercial applications.
• Commercial buildings.
Additional demands such as output
• Telecom towers.
measurement or emergency
• Sport arenas.
function are also available. ATS using
• Theatres and auditoriums.
dedicated controllers are specially
• IT power supply systems.
compact and adequate for industrial
• Emergency systems.
applications. By-pass solutions are
• Ventilation and heating systems.
also available as standard.
www.gave.com 147
Automatic Transfer Switches (ATS)

Gave ATS transfer switches have manual switching operation • Automatic transfer
been designed to perform reliable from motorised mechanism. (controller unit):
load transfer operations. - Local padlockable handle for - Controls up to 18 parameters
maintenance operations.
(phase, voltage, frequency,
According to standards - Mechanical and electrical
time delays, transfer
• IEC 60947-3 0 position.
• Automatic transfer sequence, reset trials,..).
• IEC 60947-6-1 (relay control): - Automatic/manual modes (key).
• IEC 61000 - Phase presence and • Control set:
sequence control. - Electronics fuse protected.
General characteristics - Voltage monitoring
- Electronics protected against
• Motorised changeover thresholds adjustable.
- 2 And 4 pole changeovers. surge overvoltage (optional
- Operating cycles timer
- Ratings from 40A to 250A. on basic models).
programmable.
- Local manual emergency - Changeover power relays - Enduring power supplies
operation. with 3 positions. Manual protected against output
- Clutch mechanism detaches button for test operations. shortcircuit.
Reference system
40 A 100 A 200 A
CA Enclosed automatic transfer switch 004 010 020
63 A 125 A 250 A
PL Open automatic transfer switch 005 AC22 012 025
CT Automatic transfer switch 63 A 160 A
with controller 006 016
Serie Rating
CA 0 1 2 006 P
Model
0 Two source transfer Version
L ATS with controller P Overvoltage
B ATS + By-pass (single line) Poles protection*
D ATS + By-pass (double line) G Control GSM (always
2 Two poles include surge protector)
Model 4 Four poles
 Without overvoltage
protection
1 Control logic
2 Control logic + synoptic mains/genset
4 Control logic + synoptic&measuring mains/genset
E Emergency * included in measuring and emergency models
148
 Functionality
• Complete set: - 3mm standard double bar
Simple "Plug&Play"
- Components integrated on lock. Wide variety of lock transfer. Extensive
metal steel enclosure IP66 transformations available. range covering
with embedded cable entry - Ventilation and thermal multiple function
plate with neoprene seal. solutions available. possibilities such as
- Foamed-in polyurethane - Door opening 110º and measuring, gsm,
gasket guarantees
earthing continuity with emergency, by-pass,...
watertightness for years.
enclosure.
- Fixing brackets, fastened with
screws from the outside, can be
- Terminal connection with  Installation
flexible cable up to 35mm2 on Wall mounting panels
placed horizontally or vertically.
transfers ratings up to 125A. with large cable
- Epoxy polyester texturised
powder coating colour grey - Cable lug connection from entries and
RAL-7035. 160A up to 250A. straightforward
- Enclosure resistance to terminal connection.
impact IK10.
 Switching
Well established
changeover switching
technology with
excellent electrical and
mechanical endurance
characteristics.
 Control
User friendly logic
control easy to
program. Signalling
leds inform about
control relays status or
screen display with
controller.
 Reliability
Local operation
guarantees safe
disconnection and
transfer operation
under all
circumstances.
www.gave.com 149
ATS System diagram

 Initial status. Mains supply OK.
 Phase control relay RF1/controller detects
failure on Mains supply.
 Volt free output contact changes status
commanding Generator start.
 Phase control relay RF2/controller detects
Genset output is OK.
 Timer TM1 delays transfer to Genset.
 Transfer to Genset is operated.
 Failure on Mains supply is over.
 Timer TM2 counts return time before
retransfer.
 Retransfer is operated and output contact
returns to initial status commanding
Genset stop.
   
Mains START Genset
Genset 
failure
 OK

Fault Start genset
Changeover
to position 2
Industry and
Services
STOP Mains
Genset 

OK
  Changeover
to position 1
 
150
ATS with signalling

Function
Automatic transfers 02 are the best choice on those
applications where we need constant indication on
supply status. A user friendly large size synoptic using
easy to understand symbols and high luminosity led pilot
lights guarantee that source condition is under control.
Specific characteristics
• Local emergency/maintenance manual operation.
• User friendly configuration.
• Easy cable access "plug&play".
• Control logic protected against lightning surge
overvoltage (optional).
References A 2 poles 4 poles Electronics overvoltage protected

2 poles 4 poles
40 CA022004 CA024004 CA022004P CA024004P

63 CA022006 CA024006 CA022006P CA024006P
100 CA022010 CA024010 CA022010P CA024010P
125 CA022012 CA024012 CA022012P CA024012P
160 CA024016 CA024016P
200 CA024020 CA024020P
250 CA024025 CA024025P
Dimensions A
B
Rating A B C
C
40-125A 500 500 250

160-250A 600 600 250
www.gave.com 151
ATS with measuring

Function
Automatic transfer switches integrating measuring
functionality are specially adequate on those
installations where electricity distribution needs to be
monitored and energy management wants to be
implemented independently from the supply source.
• Multi-measurement on transfer output.
• High accuracy 0,2% (TRMS measurement).
• Large cabling space. • Backlit LCD display.
• Backlit high luminosity LCD display with easy readout. • Direct access button for currents (instantaneous and
max. values), current THD and set up wiring correction.
• User friendly synoptic panel informs on transfer status. • Direct access button for voltages and frequencies.
• Direct access button for active, reactive and apparent
• Control logic and measurement protected against power (instantaneous and max. values) and power factor.
lightning overvoltage. • Direct access button for energies.
References A 2 poles 4 poles

63 CA042006 CA044006
100 CA042010 CA044010
125 CA042012 CA044012
160 CA044016
200 CA044020
250 CA044025
Dimensions A
B
Rating A B C
C
40-125A 600 600 250

160-250A 600 600 250
152
ATS with emergency function

Function
Automatic transfers with emergency function are
specially adequate on industry and public buildings
where a quick access to emergency supply stop is
required. An internal battery system guarantees
transfer system supply autonomy assuring automatic
operation and effective emergency external stop.
• Emergency stop mushroom with trigger action
according to EN418
Emergency stop Emergency stop. Push latching
• Power supply secured with built-in battery system. mushroom with trigger action.
• Power supply with battery charger. Changeover switches to position 0. Blue
pilot lights on indicating changeover
• Synoptic signalling battery supplied. switch on position 0 and red pilot lights
• Control logic and measurement protected against on indicating emergency stop.
 Turn mushroom to release. Automatic
lightning surge overvoltage.
transfer command return to logic control.
References A 2 poles 4 poles

40 CA0E2004 CA0E4004
63 CA0E2006 CA0E4006
100 CA0E2010 CA0E4010
125 CA0E2012 CA0E4012
160 CA0E4016
200 CA0E4020
250 CA0E4025
Dimensions A
B
Rating A B C
C
40-125A 600 600 250

160-250A 600 600 250
www.gave.com 153
ATS with controller

Function
CTL range of automatic transfer
switches are specially adequate on
those installations with confined
spaces where we need a compact
solution that does not jeopardise
cabling and commissioning
conditions.
• Multiparameter controller
(voltage, frequency, time delays
and transfer sequence).
• Network typology selection.
• Dual power supply.
• Frontal display for parameters
readout and programming.
• Controller automatic and
manual override mode.
• Led status indications.
• Local manual operation on
emergency or maintenance/
test operations.
ATS Controller
Display for Scroll parameters on the display.
visualisation SELECT-MIS to select the measure
Indicate the phase shows
on the display R-S-T-R/N
Values on display Values on display

refer to the generator refer to the mains
Alarm has been surveyed

Engine on
(code appears on the display)
Manual mode on Automatic mode
Close a contact to allow Change automatic/manual mode

start manually the Genset
Generator contacts are

closed, remote start consent Mains contacts are closed
Generator Key switch to mains/generator

contacts are closed in manual mode
154
Mounting options
Surge protection device

ATS controller protected against lightning by Class II modular SPD with end of
life indication and replacement modules. Protection in common and differential
mode compatible with TT and TN networks.
GSM Control
Smart distance monitoring sends messages on transfer status and events
information. GSM controller is preprogrammed but local reset button permits
reprogramming all messages upon application needs and particular country
language.
Led indication informs about GSM network availability.
Unit thermal control with alert messages and safeguard operation.
Local manual test mode available.
References A Standard With SPD With GSM

63 CTL14006 CTL14006P CTL14006G
100 CTL14010 CTL14010P CTL14010G
125 CTL14012
160 CTL14016 CTL14016P CTL14016G
200 CTL14020 CTL14020P CTL14020G
250 CTL14025 CTL14025P CTL14025G
Dimensions
A
B
With With
Size / Type Standard
SPD GSM
A 400 500 500
63-125A B 400 500 500
C 200 250 250
A 500 500 600
C
160-250A B 500 500 600

C 250 250 250
www.gave.com 155
ATS with By-pass

Automatic transfer switches with Single line Double line
integrated by-pass on load manual
changeover are the most compact On those installations where we Critical power installations
solution available in the market, might change controller should be able to offer supply
involving significant savings on the programming or plan regular continuity also under the event
installation project and meaning maintenance procedures we of mains power failure while the
the most cost effective solution. should integrate a by-pass isolation ATS is isolated on maintenance/
switch. This configuration provides testing purposes. A double line
Specific characteristics supply continuity on the load side by-pass configuration with an
while permitting testing operations additional manual transfer switch
• Plenty of cabling space.
on the ATS under safety conditions. is the solution.
• Easy commissioning -
Plug&play.
• Large external synoptic.
• CT10 controller with key
manual selection.
• Dual power supply.
156
Integrated solutions
Conventional approach on by-pass systems requires

Minimise initial equipment cost with less components,
one ATS changeover plus two additional changeovers
with complex interlock systems in order to get a single reduce installation time and increase system reliability
line by-pass system. Furthermore in many designs we are the goals achieved by Gave engineering team
should add a switch disconnector to guarantee safe with its innovative integrative approach.
isolation. Double-line systems would add an extra
changeover switch.
ION
AL POSIT
MANU

Normal -0 - By-pass

Mains – Generator
By-pass single line By-pass double line
POSITIO POSITIO
N

MANUAL MANUAL
Mains – Generator
 
 
Normal -0 - By-pass
www.gave.com 157

single line
63 CTB14006 CTB14006P CTB14006G
100 CTB14010 CTB14010P CTB14010G
125 CTB14012 CTB14012P CTB14012G
160 CTB14016 CTB14016P Consult

double line
63 CTD14006 CTD14006P CTD14006G
100 CTD14010 CTD14010P CTD14010G
125 CTD14012 CTD14012P CTD14012G
160 CTD14016 CTD14016P Consult
Dimensions
By-pass single line By-pass double line

A
With With
Size / Type Standard
SPD GSM
Automatic Transfer
A 500 500 -
63-100A
B
By-Pass Single line
B 700 700 -
B
Automatic Transfer
C 200 200 -
160-250A
A 600 600 -
B 800 800 -
C 200 200 -
A 600 600 -
63-100A
By-Pass Double line
B 800 800 -
C 200 200 -
160-250A
A 800 800 -
C
B 1000 1000 -
C 250 250 -
158
Other products
¿Do you need expert support?

We are assisting a large number of specific
demands covering multiple varieties on automatic
transfer needs ranging from simple adaptations to
complex system design.
¿Do you have special needs?

SP/TPN transfers the output measuring functionality (RS485 JBUS/
Changeover between two power supplies one MODBUS; RS485 PROFIBUS/DP; Ethernet).
single phase (two poles) and the other three phases
Multisource transfers
(three or four poles). Using specific controllers or combining two source
controllers we can build transfer systems that
Transfers with specific supplies
operate multisource changeover switches
Automatic transfers with specific power supplies
establishing sequence priorities.
for control logic including direct voltage and
battery systems. Hybrid multisource transfers
Multisource transfers that can combine AC and DC
Transfers with controllers
on load switching.
Automatic transfers with specific controllers
integrating specific functions as genset start, Power batteries transfers
control, monitoring, ... Monitoring battery load levels we can transfer
between two battery banks guaranteeing supply
Hazardous environments continuity by using motorised changeover switches
Automatic transfers with particular requirements with overlapping position.
for hazardous environments. Increased IP
Phase selection transfers
protection, aluminium enclosures, unit thermal
On installations where single phase failure is
management, ...
frequent we can add an automatic/manual phase
Transfers with Measuring and communication selector in the transfer unit that will switch to any
Automatic transfer integrating communication on available line.
www.gave.com 159
162 Level sensors
164 Sensors for clean and potable water
165 Sewage water
167 Special atmospheres
168 Other sensors
170 Pump control relays

174 Level controllers
179 Alternating relays
182 Accessories
183 Installation diagrams
184 Pump control panels

188 1 Pump control panels
190 2 Pumps control panels
192 Pump control panels with signal for alarm
194 Pump cos φ control and protection equipment
Water control
Water control
Level sensors
Single and multiple point liquid
controls require using sensors
appropriate to each specific
application. Selection is based in
conditions such as water density,
temperature, space availability,
installation position, ... Using the
right sensor ensures smooth
system operation.
Cable
Mechanical Different cable
design lengths and materials
(PVC, EPR, silicone,...)
Stress points analysis adapting to each
to create designs specific application
promoting maximum requirements.
operational endurance.
Material
From clean
environments to highly
polluted or harsh
environments, high
performance materials.
Switch
Microswitches with
high AC capacity, SCR
Robustness
for endurance, Reed for Inner body filled with
PLC operation. One polyurethane or resin
option adapted to each provides high impact
application. and pressure resistance.
162
Level sensors
Clean and potable water Special atmospheres

Residential, agriculture and garden Industrial environments with
pump installations. specific application constraints.
BG SERIES
BL SERIES
Gasoil
Clean water
BT SERIES
BW SERIES High temperature
Potable water
Other sensors
Sewage water
Street water management and IM
water treatment plants. Magnetic level switch
BR SERIES
AC type SCI
Flooding sensor
BRM SERIES
DC type Pressure switch
BR-L SERIES
AC type + LED light
www.gave.com 163
Water control
Sensors for clean and potable water
BL and BW Series
Level control for filling and emptying tanks or cisterns. Microswitch electrical
contacts, changeover 10A (0,5 HP) and 20A (2 HP).
The waterproof float switch BL is made up of:
• Single outer casing piece in blownmoulded Polyethylene.
• Inner chamber built as a single blownmoulded piece for the microswitch
and ball basement.
• Stainless steel ball.
• Non-hygroscopic closed cells injection of expanded polyurethane in the
regulator to eliminate the air and to seal hermetically the complete unit.
• Maximum working pressure 10 bar (100m).
BL Serie
Characteristics
• Rated voltage 250VAC
• Resistive/inductive load 10A/4A
• Maximum working temp. 55ºC
• Maximum working pressure 10 Bar
Reference Cable Type of water

BL02C 2m Clean
BL10C 10m Clean
BW02C 2m Potable
BW10C 10m Potable
BW Serie
Dimensions Structure and materials
Single outer casing piece in

Microswitch
Polyethylene Inox metal ball
ball shield
anti-impact Protection
circuit ground
Curve radius
connection
t=9 x Ø cable
Cable gland
Polyurethane
according
expansive
to DIN
foam
80
142
164
Level sensors
Sewage water
BR Serie
AC type
• ABS cover, oval shape.
• Polycloropren cable H05RN-F 1mm² cross-section.
• Counterbalance sensor.
• Resin encapsulated.
• Shock resistant.
• Maximum working pressure 4 bar at 20ºC.
• Density from 0,95 to 1,10 gr/cm3
See dimensions next page
• Supply A.C.
• Multivoltage 24/48/110/220/380 V.
• Rating: 2 A.
• Solid state switch SCR.
Reference Cable Contact type

BR06I 6m Switch
BR06C 6m Changeover switch
BR10I 10m Switch
BR10C 10m Changeover switch
BRM Serie
DC type
• ABS cover, oval shape.
• Polycloropren cable H05RN-F 1mm² cross-section.
• Counterbalance sensor.
• Resin encapsulated.
• Shock resistant.
• Maximum working pressure 4 bar at 20ºC.
• Density from 0,95 to 1,10 gr/cm3
See dimensions next page • Supply A.C./D.C.
• Multivoltage 12/24/48/110/220/380 V.
• Magnetic switch Reed.
• D.C -280Ω -12V; 1100Ω -24V; A.C 500mA IND; 1A RES

BRM06I 6m Switch
BRM06C 6m Changeover switch
BRM10C 10m Changeover switch
www.gave.com 165
Water control
Sewage water
BR-L Serie
AC type with light
The new level float BR-L integrates a multiLED high performance lamp
providing a practical solution in maintenance operations on wells, coffers and
other spaces where visibility is limited.
• To be used in automation and electronic control pumps
• Magnetic switch - voltage 280Ω -12V DC / 1100Ω -24V DC
• Maximum working pressure 4 bar at 20 °C
• Working temperature 0 to 70 °C
• Multiled lamp 4W/230V
• Beam intensity 260 lumens
• Lifetime 50.000h
• Beam range 220º
• Protection degree IPX7
• Density from 0,95 to 1,10 gr/cm3 (other densities, consult)

BR-L06I 6m Switch
Dimensions (BR, BRW and BR-L) Ø 9,5

Cable
145
50
100
50
166
Level sensors
Special atmospheres
BG Serie
Gasoil
Regulation of particularly diesel oil, water and hydrocarbon mixture, motor oils,
tools machine oils, etc.
The level regulator is EX homologated according to ATEX normative for uses in
potentially explosive environment due to the presence of gas, vapours or fogs.
The submerged float switch BGX consists of:
• A single outer piece in blownmoulded Polythene.
• Internal weight fixing the rotation centre (gravity centre) close to the cable
connection.
• Electric changeover contact max 21,4 mA – 9,6 V. self cleaning contacts with
Dimensions high distance between the contacts.
• Special blue cable for the immersion in hydrocarbons
The float switch is injection filled with closed cell nonhygroscopic expanded
polyurethane, eliminating all air sealing the unit and completely surrounding
138mm the electric control switch.
Reference Cable
BGX 6m
76mm BGX10 10m
BT Serie
High temperature
Float switch insensitive to humidity and condensation realised to control
directly the liquid or water - vapour level up to a max. temperature of 130ºC and
max. pressure of 4 bar.
Because of the temperature at which the regulator is used, the outer casing is
made in 304 AISI stainless steel and the electric cable is equipped with outer
sheath resistant to high temperatures.
• Electric cable 2x1mm2+G , with silicone sheaths heat resistant up to 130°C.
Dimensions • 304 AISI stainless steel outer casing

• Mechanical switch max. 0,25A 60V a.c.
Ø 80,5
Cable • Non-hygroscopic closed cells injection of expanded polyurethane in the
Nuts Ø 14 regulator to eliminate the air and to seal hermetically the unit.
23,5
• Max. working pressure 4 bar.

39
O 28 Reference Cable
102
BGX 6m
1
BGX10 10m
www.gave.com 167
Water control
Other sensors
SCI
Flooding sensor
The SCI sensor is used in conjunction with level controls to prevent the risk of
flooding in warehouses, car parks, shops, offices, garages, ...
The associated level control typically activate a pumping system to drain water
or an alarm system to prevent the person in charge.
These sensors are characterised by their very small size, built-in central hole for
easy installation and its combinable layout setting.
• IP68 Protection
• False signal proof
Reference Cable
SCI 3m
Installation example
Reset function L
N
When the relay switches it
does not return to the original
position until it receives the
reset signal even if the sensor
no longer detects water.
Especially suitable for alarm
function.
Dimensions Connection
4,8 3 Installation with HN12 Installation with HN1P
RESET RESET
7 6
5
2,8
8 4
1 2 3 4 5 6
41,8
9 3
10 2
11 1
7 8 9 10 11 12 380 V
415
220
230V 240
NL
27 9,8
Multiple installation
Mixed series / parallel circuits are possible complying a maximum number of 8 sensors
MAX. 8 MAX. 8
Series Parallel
Relay operates when Relay operates when
all sensors are a single sensor is
flooded. flooded.
168
Level sensors
IM
Magnetic sensor
Mini level magnetic switch especially designed to detect the maximum level in
small tanks or to operate in particularly narrow wells where the installation of a
conventional float level may have operational problems.
• ABS cover in tubular shape
• Lift type float - optical sensor
• Switch encapsulated in resin - shock resistant
• Polycloropren cable with high pollution resistance
• Maximum working pressure 4 bar at 20ºC
Dimensions • Density from 0,95 to 1,10 gr/cm3
Ø6,5
Cable Reference Cable Input
IM02 2m AC
IM06 6m AC
IM10 10m AC
82
IM02DC 2m DC
30,5
IM06DC 6m DC
22,2 IM10DC 10m DC
Mechanical pressure switch

Mechanical pressure switch with high mechanical endurance and contacts of
high electrical resistance.
Quick and easy connection with impact resistant plastic housing. Operating
pressure range is adjustable. It can be associated with the range of Gave
alternating relays and pumping equipment.
• Default settings 1,4-2,8bar
Dimensions • Adjustable operating range 1,4-4,6bar
• Thread 1/4 F
• Revolving nut
• AgCdO12/Cu
97
• 110V - 1 Ph - 1,5CV
• 220/380V - 1 Ph - 2CV
72
Reference Pressure Weight

100 PRM 1,4 - 4,6bar 0,4kg
www.gave.com 169
Water control
Pump control relays
«Modular electronics for level monitoring

and pump load optimisation on your
industrial control systems.»
Managing water and conductive continuity problems and expensive flexibility and allow quick response
liquids are an essential part of costs associated to system to short series on dedicated
modern societies illustrated in breakdowns such as pump dry operating voltages.
water plants, factory production running.
Control relays with purpose build
processes, agriculture irrigation,
Industrial automation systems are operating voltages avoid to
pools,..
often characterised by operating include a specific power supply on
Pumps are the core of liquid flow with unusual supply voltages, the system design with the
systems and they require efficient product design has been associated economic saving.
control in order to avoid service conceived to provide production
170
Pump control relays
Product overview
Level control relays Alternating
2 modules snap Din relays
Alternating relay
Single level (2 outputs)
HN12 AR01
Simultaneous Alternating relay

Double level (2 outputs)
HN22 AR02
Single level with Simultaneous Alternating relay

3 intermediate (3 outputs)
levels AR03
HN12A
Level control relays

4 modules plug-in
Single level
HN1P
HN1PLD
Double level
HN2P
EMC protection
Electromagnetic interferences are Applications
characteristic of industrial • Pumping systems
environments and have a particular • Water plants
impact on control relays. Products • Sewage plants
have been designed and tested to • Irrigation
resist electrostatic and transient • Industrial liquid systems
disturbances under category 3 of • Pools
pollution degree conditions.
www.gave.com 171
Water control
Pump control relays
Specific transformer
with enhanced
performance against
voltage variations
and temperature
Air gaps for increased

insulation
On product information
including relay
characteristics and wiring
diagram on the side
Chip architecture
designed for industrial
harsh environments
Modular
design fits into
distribution and
Sensitivity industrial panels
adjustment direct
on the product
front face Cage connecting
Frontal LEDs for terminals for
status indication Built-in varistor easy tightening
simplify protection and release
monitoring against surges
Control devices are normally devices in any type of industrial,

installed in areas with restricted service or residential installation.
access in order to avoid undesired All products follow individual
manipulation or accidental routine tests to ensure correct
operations. Modular format operation from the initial product
simplifies integration of control commissioning.
The Modultec product range uses the latest electronic technologies that
reassure your control needs while boosting your productivity.
172
Pump control relays
 Monitor
Level controllers can
adjust sensitivity
Level control Alternating measurement to specific
relays relays liquid conditions and
Conductive liquids are monitored Liquid systems with multiple monitor filling/draining
by level control relays that operate pumps use alternating relays in on wells and tanks.
based on the principle of liquid order to balance motor start-ups, Double types offer
resistivity. Sensitivity adjustment diminish maintenance operations optimum coordination
permits adapting the circuit to on stand-by pumps and optimising between two different
each specific liquid characteristics. load capacity and load sharing on
reservoirs.
Control relays prove more reliable the system. The system does
than float switches which benefit from longer live and
demonstrate faulty with vibration, increases productivity.  Safety
condensation, or polluted Transformer insulation
environments. between measuring
Level controllers will command the
circuit and command
pump on filling and draining
circuit guarantees safety.
operations.
 Protection
Your equipment is
protected against idle
functioning and life is
Cascading level controls enlarged by balancing
loads. Varistor
Control functionalities can be extended by using
two level controllers in the same tank and further protection on the
duties can be performed thanks to coordination with electronic circuit
alternating relays prevents damages on
the control due to
Cascading lightning effects.
One level controller for pump control and a
second level controller to add reserve pump
functionality or alarm output
 Signalling
Cascading and alternating Sensitivity adjustment,
One level controller linked to an alternating
relay to share pumps load and a cascaded level relay status and power
controller for alarm output supply are indicated
Cascading and alternating with through rotary selectors
simultaneity and signalling leds
One level controller linked to alternating relay
to share pumps load and a cascaded level located on the front
controller for backup simultaneous face.
functionalities
www.gave.com 173
Water control
Level controllers
HN12
Single Level Control Relay
Electronic modular relay for automatic control of conductive liquids in a
single tank.
Adjustable sensitivity, either well or tank.
Monitoring filling (up) or emptying (down).
• Mounting on symmetrical DIN rail
• Output changeover relay 8A / 240V AC cos φ = 1
• Protection up to 2500V peak (1,2-50 μs) in voltage supply and probes
against lightning disturbances on the supply
• Operating temperature: -10º to + 60ºC
References Width (modules) Voltage supply Function

HN12 35mm (2) 230V-400V AC
Well or
HN12-24AC 35mm (2) 24V AC
tank
HN12-12DC 35mm (2) 12V AC
Signalling Operational diagram

MIN
COM
MAX
R (red) ON (green) Status

Supply
Output
ON OFF BLINK
ON
8-9
7-9
Dimensions
60
49
35 26,1
1 2 3 4 5 6
modes
5 6
4 7
3 8
2 9
ON 10
1
68,6
90
45
HN12
7 8 9 10 11 12
174
Pump control relays
HN22
Double Level Control Relay
Electronic modular relay for automatic control of conductive liquids in two
different tanks.
Two independent adjustable sensitivities, for well and tank.
Both functions combined for monitoring the pumping out of a well and
filling of a tank.

HN22 35mm (2) 230V-400V AC Well and
HN22-24AC 35mm (2) 24V AC tank

MIN
COM
MAX

TANK LEVEL
Supply
Output
ON OFF BLINK
MIN
COM
MAX
WELL LEVEL
8-9
7-9
Dimensions 60
49
35 26,1
1 2 3 4 5 6
modes
5 6
4 7
3 8
9
S3-S4
2
ON 10
1
68,6
90
45
5 6
4 7
3 8
9
S3-S4
2
R
1 10
HN22
7 8 9 10 11 12
www.gave.com 175
Water control
Level controllers
HN12A
Single Level Control Relay with
3 intermediate levels
single tank.

HN12A 35mm (2) 230V-400V AC Well or tank

COM
MAX
MIN

N3
N2
N1
Supply
Output
Level ON OFF BLINK
ON
7-9
8-9
N1
N2
N3
Dimensions
60
49
35 26,1
1 2 3 4 5 6
modes
5 6
4 7
3 8
9
S1-S2
2
ON
1 10
68,6
90
45
N1
N2
N3
HN12A
7 8 9 10 11 12
176
Pump control relays
HN1P
Single Level Control Relay
single tank.
Monitoring of filling (up) or emptying (down).
• Plug-in base mounting (11 pin)
• Mounting options: on symmetrical DIN rail
Panel mounting with one screw DIN 963, M4
Panel mounting with two screws and two nuts, M3
HN1P 70mm (4) 230V-400V AC Well or

1 2
HN1PLD * 70mm (4) 230V-400V AC tank
* High sensitivity long distance

MIN
COM
MAX

Supply
Output
ON OFF BLINK
ON
1-3
1-4
Dimensions
10 49,5
70 38
8 10
6
4
2 0,1
B
A
C
D
68,5
ON
42
F E
max. time
10s
R 1s
1m
10m
HN1 10h 1h
www.gave.com 177
Water control
Level controllers
HN2P
Double Level Control Relay
Electronic relay for the automatic control of conductive liquids in two
different tanks.
Two independent adjustable sensitivities, for well and tank.
Both functions combined for monitoring the pumping out of a well and
filling of a tank.
• Plug-in base mounting (11 pin)
• Mounting options: on symmetrical DIN rail
Panel mounting with one screw DIN 963, M4
Panel mounting with two screws and two nuts, M3
Well and
HN2P 70mm (4) 230V-400V AC 1 4
tank

MIN
COM
MAX

TANK LEVEL
Supply
Output
ON OFF BLINK
MIN
COM
MAX
WELL LEVEL
1-3
1-4
10 49,5
Dimensions
70 38
7 6
5
8 4
68,5
ON
42
9 3
10 2
11 1
380 V
415
220
240
R
HN2 P
178
Pump control relays
Alternating relays
AR01
Alternating Relay
Electronic relay designed to alternate 2 different outputs (pumps,
compressors...) controlled by an external signal.
Alternates cyclically between 2 outputs.
• Real changeover relay to alternate cyclically and to avoid short-cycling
• When the device is receiving no external signal, both changeover
contacts will remain open
• Output contacts (1,3,4,6) voltage free
References Width (modules) Voltage supply

AR01 35mm (2) 220-240V / 380-415 V AC
AR01-24AC 35mm (2) 24 V AC
R (red) Status P1
External
Relay off signal
P2
Relay on
ON OFF BLINK Relay R1
Dimensions
60
49
35 26,1
1 2 3 4 5 6
modes
R1
68,6
90
45
R2
AR01
7 8 9 10 11 12
www.gave.com 179
Water control
Alternating relays
AR02
Simultaneous Alternating Relay - 2 outputs
Possible operation of both outputs at the same time (simultaneous).
• When the device is receiving no external signal, both changeover
contacts will remain open
• Output contacts (1,3,4,6) voltage free

AR02 35mm (2) 220-240V / 380-415 V AC
AR02-24AC 35mm (2) 24 V AC
R (red) Status P1
t
Relay off External P2
signal (B scheme)
t
Relay on P2
(A Scheme)
t
ON OFF BLINK
R1
Relays t
R2
t
Connection Dimensions
60
49
35 26,1
1 2 3 4 5 6
modes
R1
68,6
90
45
R2
AR02
7 8 9 10 11 12
180
Pump control relays
AR03
Simultaneous Alternating Relay - 3 outputs
Possible operation of all 3 outputs at the same time (simultaneous).
• When the device is receiving no external signal, all changeover contacts
will remain open
• Output contacts (1 to 6) voltage free

AR03 35mm (2) 220-240V / 380-415 V AC
AR03-24AC 35mm (2) 24 V AC
R (red) Status P1
External t
signal P2
Relay off t
P3
t
Relay on R1
t
Relays R2
Stand-by mode (no signal) t
R3
t
ON OFF BLINK
Dimensions
60
49
35 26,1
1 2 3 4 5 6
modes
R1
68,6
90
45
R2
R3
AR03
7 8 9 10 11 12
www.gave.com 181
Water control
Accessories
Plug-in socket
• 11 pin plug-in relay socket
• Suitable mounting to 35mm rail (EN50022)
• Clear numbering identification with wide label
area for code spelling
• Nominal load 10A 250/400V
• Cable clamp capacity: 4 mm2 or 2 x 2,25 mm2
• Max. screw torque 1,2 Nm
BHN 11 pin plug-in base
Dimensions
BHN
Probes
• Conductive electrodes on stainless steel AISI303
• Protection body material PP
• Slotted M4 screw
• Protected cable gland for safe connection
SHNS SHN
SHN Stainless steel probe
SHNS Stainless steel probe with safety cable gland
Dimensions
SHNS SHN
66,5 69,5
Ø 19,6
Ø19
182
Pump control relays
Installation diagrams
Alternating relays with level controllers

HN1P / HN2P HN12 / HN22
AR01
AR02
AR03
www.gave.com 183
Water control
Pump control panels

«Specialist technology on
your pump control needs»
Water supply is an essential service Gave offers the rare quality to

that is part of modern society. Any incorporate an electromechanical
disruption on supply carries costly plus an electronic technological
consequences either on competence centre within the
agricultural production, industrial same premises. Furthermore an
production or domestic comfort. extensive on the field presence
Inadequate integration between brings a focused deep
electromechanical components, understanding on application
sensor systems and electronic needs becoming a source of know-
controls has been a regular how and competitive advantage.
problem on water pump A complete range of pump control
operations. panels has been developed in
order to overcome recurring issues
184
Pump control panels
Product overview
1 Pump control With signal for alarm
EBM EBxA
Single or three phase
Single phase
equipment for 1
equipment for 1
pump with signal
pump
for alarm Domestic water
EBT E2BxA
Single or three phase
Three phase
equipment for 2
equipment for 1
pumps with signal
pump
for alarm
2 Pumps control Cos φ control
E2BM ECM-D Buildings supply

Single phase Single phase
equipment for 2 equipment by Cos φ
pumps control with display
E2BT
Three phase ECT-D
equipment for 2 Three phase
pumps equipment by cos φ
control with display
Special products Agriculture irrigation
Multilevel, triplex,
GSM,...
on conventional electrical control

panels. Innovation has been the
Applications Wells
leading force throughout all this • Irrigation systems

process. • Domestic water
Gave products are well known for • Building pressure supply
endurance reliability and user- • Wells
friendliness, and this new range • Boreholes
makes no exception. • Water drainage
• Sewage waters
When it comes to pump controls Sewage waters
for water applications Gave is the
save and clever choice.
www.gave.com 185
Water control
Pump control panels

General characteristics Control
The complete range has been use and are equipped with screw Electronic boards do integrate
designed based on standard hinges for installation easiness. The multiple control functions
EN-60204-1:2006 Safety of products also comply with relevant managing the pumping routine
machinery - Electrical equipment. standards related to EMC, isolation, and informing on its status. These
Controlgear assemblies are impact resistance and flammability. controls include sensitivity
according to the latest version of • IEC 60529 adjustment, timers, external
IEC 61439-1.(ed.2.0 - 2011). • IEC 62262 command input signals and phase
The enclosure offers a high degree • IEC 60947-1/3 monitoring. All controls are isolated
of ingress protection for outdoor • IEC 61000 from supply according to
EN-60204-1 (6.4.1 – 9.1.1).
IP65 protection
gasket Electromechanical built-in
components verified
according to 11.5 - IEC
61439-1
Electrical connection
scheme visible during
installation and
maintenance operations
Reliable interface
electronic board with
four fixing points.
Plastic material base

raises transformer
position insulating from
electronic board.
High resistance to Cable glands and probes

electromagnetic supplied from origin.
disturbances
186
Pump control panels
Protection Visual and intuitive

Equipment is designed to provide control panel
reliable protection to pump Control panel has been designed
 Plug & play
stations. Ammetric adjustable An innovating
on a user friendly intuitive
protections prevent overload risks approach. Using symbols and solution that
while motor fuses safeguard pictograms on the front panel we distinguishes on its
against shortcircuits. Dry running can observe all functions while easy installation that
is averted by water sensors or keeping in control. Further saves time and costs,
cosinus control. information is available on units a genuine “plug &
The equipment itself is also equipped with screen display. play” product.
protected against multiple From the control panel we can run
operational hazards. on manual mode monitoring  Safety
pumping operations. The standard
EN-60204-1 requires
TENSIÓN
VOLTAGE
MOTOR
EBT on point 5.3 to use a

CONTROL EXTERIOR
EXTERNAL CONTROL
LED OFF
>A
! RESET
0
AUT
MANTENER/HOLD 2 SEC.
disconnection device
LED ON
NIVEL
LEVEL
LED OFF
complying with
LED ON
LED FLASH
0
AUT
standard IEC 947-3 to
LED OFF
LED ON
STOP
AUTOMATIC
guarantee electrical
LED FLASH MANUAL
MANTENER PULSADO / HOLD PRESS
equipment isolation.
 Secure
maintenance
Switch disconnector
can be locked on
Other
open contacts
functionalities
position by padlock
means (up to 3) thus
reset remote LED
obtaining safe
Protection maintenance work
Safety elements degrees operations.
cos φ
IP65 IK07
 Protected
equipment
Unit supply is fuse
Advantages to conventional control panels... protected
safeguarding
electronic board
Quick and easy Simple Individually
installation logistics tested against shortcircuit
risks.
www.gave.com 187
Water control
1 Pump control panels: EBM and EBT

Conventional pump control panels
integrate multiple elements in
order to fulfil numerous
requirements. Designing and
assembling a unit to be reliable
and operational becomes a real
headache. EBx panels entirely fit
on your general pumping
applications.
Operation «Solution to your

Standard operation (well) multiple needs»
• Multi Control
Reverse operation (tank) Pumping operation runs
Switching function pin on with probes securing level
REMOTE CONTROL
the electronic board does control and external
reverse operational
remote signal offering
MAX
functionality from emptying

COMMON
MIN
FLOAT SWITCH
to filling. multiple control
possibilities.
PRESSURE
SWITCH
PROGRAMMER ▪ Multi Function

TIME SWITCH
Easy to reverse operation
RADIO function by changing
level control wiring.
▪ Multi Protection
Motor overload
protection by current
REMOTE CONTROL measuring system. Fuse
protection against short-
MAX
COMMON
MIN
FLOAT SWITCH
PRESSURE
SWITCH
circuits on the supply.
PROGRAMMER
TIME SWITCH
Electronic board
RADIO protected.
References
References Nº of pumps Operating voltage Maximum power Adjustable current Unit includes
kW CV/HP
1,6 PG 13,5
Nm PG 9
EBM 1 230V AC 2,2 kW 3 CV/HP 2-18A SD
x3 x2 x2
1,6 PG 16
Nm PG 9
EBT 1 400V AC 6,5 kW 9 CV/HP 0,8-14A SD
x3 x2 x2
188
Pump control panels
Control panel
Remote control signal Unit under Led on: overload protection Led on: motor normal
status voltage tripped motor stopped operation
TENSIÓN
VOLTAGE
MOTOR
EBT
! RESET
0
LED OFF AUT
CONTROL EXTERIOR >A
EXTERNAL CONTROL MANTENER/HOLD 2 SEC.
LED ON
NIVEL
LEVEL
LED OFF
LED ON
0
LED FLASH
AUT
LED OFF STOP

LED ON AUTOMATIC
LED FLASH MANUAL
MANTENER PULSADO / HOLD PRESS
Level control Unit operation mode Pushbutton 0/AUT

Hold for manual mode
Dimensions Technical characteristics Pumping cycle

Description Value
Permissible voltage fluctuation ±10%
223
Probes voltage 9V AC
Insulating voltage 2kV
303 127 Protection 10/250 μs 4,5kV
Enables motors running
Connection scheme
When attained minimum level wait

until filled to maximum to enable
motors to run on automatic mode
When the well is full (all probes

Sensitivity adjustment submerged) and the led indicates empty NIVEL
LEVEL
(led on) increase sensitivity by turning
selector clockwise until liquid is detected.
www.gave.com 189
Water control
2 Pumps control panels: E2BM and E2BT

Function integration
One solution that successfully
integrates in a single unit essential
functional requirements on
booster set controls.
This equipment emphasizes
functionality and installation
easiness by integrating level
control, alternating and set
protection features.
Existing technological know-how is
also applied on bespoke solutions
for three and four pumps sets.
Drainage function
Operation OFF - ON
Switching F1 pin on the
ON
F1
Booster set - Alternating and level control functions F2 electronic board we
OFF - ON
activate drainage/sewage
F1
ON function operating with
F2 float switches.
MAX
MIN
COMON
E2BM
0
TENSIÓN
MOTOR 2 ! RESET
AUT
VOLTAGE 2 SEC.
MOTOR 1 MANTENER/HOLD
>A
>A LED OFF

ALTERNANCIA
ALTERNATING P1 + P2 LED ON
LED FLASH
P1
LED ON LED FLASH
LED OFF
NIVEL
LEVEL
MOTOR 2
0
AUT
0
MOTOR 1
AUT
LED OFF
STOP
LED ON
AUTOMATIC
LED FLASH
MANUALPULSADO / HOLD PRESS
MANTENER
MAX 2
Operation diagram
Power supply (10s flashing when connecting)
LEVEL ENABLED LEVEL ENABLED
2 motors automatic mode (exemple) Motor 2 switched off and motor 1 operating (example)
ON ON
P1 OFF P1 OFF
t t
ON ON
P2 OFF P2 OFF
t t
ON ON
M2 OFF
M2 OFF
t t
ON ON
M1 OFF
M1 OFF
t
190
Pump control panels
Control panel
Led on: overload protection Led on: overload protection

tripped Led on: motor normal tripped Led on: motor normal
motor stopped operation motor stopped operation
Unit under voltage
Pressure switch signal

status
Level control
Pushbutton 0/AUT Unit operation mode Unit operation mode Pushbutton 0/AUT
Hold for manual mode motor 1 motor 1 motor 2 Hold for manual mode motor 2
Dimensions Technical characteristics Tank level control

Single-phase Description Value When attained minimum level wait
until filled to maximum to enable
Permissible voltage fluctuation ±10%
motors to run on automatic mode
Probes voltage 9V AC
223 Insulating voltage 2kV
Protection 10/250 μs 4,5kV
303 127
Three-phase Connection scheme
300 Enables motors running
380 127
References References
Nº of Operating Maximum power Adjustable
Unit includes
pumps voltage kW CV/HP current
1,6 PG 13,5
Nm PG 9
E2BM 2 230V AC 2 x 2,2 kW 2 x 3 CV/HP 2 x 2-18A SD
x3 x3 x3
1,6 PG 16
Nm PG 9
E2BT 2 400V AC 2 x 6,5 kW 2 x 9 CV/HP 2 x 0,8-14A SD
x3 x3 x3
www.gave.com 191
Water control
Pump control panels with

signal for alarm
Operation
1 pump control
MAX. 5A
The control panel ExBTA are a

Built-in preventive specific solution for sewage
function in the sewage booster applications. They include
a dedicated float switch input that
control panels indicates the alarm level.
ALARM
 Overload and short-circuit When this float switch closes its

protection contact the exterior control panel
does light on the alarm symbol
 Klixon switch thermal
while the electronics switch on
protection
output alarm signal.
 Alarm output 12Vdc 200ma The unit offers an additional 2 pump control
 Alarm output NO 5A thermal protection against pump
locking by integrating a dedicated
klixon switch input signal.
MAX. 5A
Operation diagram (2 pump control)

KLIXON 2
KLIXON
LEVEL ALARM
MAX. LEVEL 2
MAX. LEVEL
ALARM
MIN. LEVEL
MOTOR 1
MOTOR 2
LEVEL ALARM
192
Pump control panels
Control panel
1 pump control
Led on: overload protection Led on: motor normal
tripped motor stopped. operation
Led flashing: Klixon switch open
Unit under voltage
Maximum level
Level alarm Pushbutton

0/AUT
Unit operation mode
2 pump control
Led on: overload protection
tripped motor stopped Led on: motor normal
Led flashing: Klixon switch open operation
Unit under voltage Led on: motor normal

operation
Led on: Maximum 1 level

Led flashing: Maximum 2 level
Led on: overload
protection tripped
Level alarm motor stopped
Led flashing: Klixon
Pushbutton 0/AUT switch open
motor 1
Unit operation
mode motor 1
Pushbutton
Unit operation 0/AUT
mode motor 2 Hold for manual
mode motor 2
References Dimensions
Nº of Operating Maximum power Adjustable
References Unit includes
pumps voltage kW CV/HP current
PG 16
223
PG 11
EBMA 1 230V AC 2,2 kW 3 CV/HP 2-18A
x2 x2 303 127
PG 16
EBTA 1 400V AC 6,5 kW 9 CV/HP 0,8-14A

PG 9
E2BTA
x2 x2
PG 16
PG 9
E2BMA 2 230V AC 2,2 kW 3 CV/HP 2 x 2-18A
x3 x3
300
PG 16
PG 9
E2BTA 2 400V AC 2 x 6,5 kW 2 x 9 CV/HP 2 x 0,8-14A 380 127
x3 x3
www.gave.com 193
Water control
Pump cos φ control and protection

equipment: ECM-D and ECT-D
«The smart solution for well and

borehole submersible pumps»
Safety
Electronic control
Visual indication
Why should we use a cos φ control system?

The control and protection of water detection due to low This option is especially necessary
submersible pumps installed in conductivity, cable capacitance in those facilities where the pump
deep wells and boreholes is a issues, etc ... A possible loss of is installed at a depth > 50m.
particularly difficult issue on sensor probes might entail high In this way we obtain a more
installation and maintenance retrofit associated costs. reliable and cost effective
operations. installation. In lower depths it is
Gave introduces an ingenious
also a suitable choice based on
The long cable lengths and solution where the level control is
ease of installation and safety.
distances between electrodes can performed by monitoring the
create problems related to the pump cos φ.
194
Pump control panels
Operation
Pumping cos φ equipment have an damaging potential failures.

autolearning function that
The electronic unit features a built-
registers pump operating
REMOTE in terminal where you can connect
CONTROL parameters under normal
an external control input signal,
conditions.
FLOAT SWITCH
either a float switch or a pressure
PRESURE SWITCH
When during pumping operations switch.
the equipment control system
Refilling time can be adjusted
detects that we are out of the
manually or automatically by an
normal running conditions and
autotuning function that adjusts to
their accepted tolerances,
rainfall conditions.
protection safeguards are
triggered and the pump is Exterior panel supplied with LCD
disconnected. screen to monitor pump running
and indicate the multiple incidents
The pump set enjoys safe
that might occur during working
protection against dry running,
operations.
overheating and other electrical
Cosinus dry running protection

The pump is protected against dry
running by controlling motor
cosine. When the cosine value is
below the value set during
cos φ<A
autolearning process the pump
disconnects.
A = Autolearning
value
«Autofill: Innovation benefiting your daily life»

Refilling time is adjusted
±5min each time the pump
cos φ < A
completes one emptying cycle.
When emptying time is > 5min
refilling time will decrease
Emptying time (min) 3 4 9
5min and vice versa. The
initial refilling time is set to its Filling time (min) 10 15 10
minimum value (5min) and the
Minutes
maximum time is 240min.
www.gave.com 195
Water control
Product highlights
 Dry running protection
 Autolearning pump running parameters
 Overload and shortcircuit protection
 Single and three phase
 Running pump data on backlit screen
Autolearning Monitoring
A quick and simple programming mode that Continuous supervision of running parameters
does check pump normal running parameters is directly available on the front panel LCD
and automatically set-up monitoring and display, no matter how distant is the pump you
protection values. When a change in the always feel is under control.
installation conditions is done, autolearning Refilling time cycles can also be followed on
procedure can be relaunched to adjust to new the frontal display.
conditions.
Main menu screens
 Main screen Voltage Current

Push to switch to main
menu following window
Cos φ
Power
External command (pressure switch, float switch,..)

 External signal screen ON contact closed (activated)
OFF contact open
 Motor control status screen Motor control status AUTOMATIC / STOP
 Time delay screen T=Total cycle time period

R = Cycle remaining time
196
Pump control panels
Alarm messages Unit detects phase

Overload protection
missing
These alarms involve motor
Unit does not detect Protection against
disconnection. pump connected motor reversing
References Dimensions
Operating Maximum power Adjustable
voltage kW CV/HP current
PG 13,5
PG 9 223
ECM-D 230V AC 2,2 kW 3 CV/HP 2-18A
x2 x1
303 127
PG 16
PG 9
ECT-D 400V AC 6,5 kW 9 CV/HP 0,8-14A
x2 x1
Available upon request
Operating Maximum power Adjustable

voltage kW CV/HP current
PG 21
Consult 400V AC 10 kW 14 CV/HP 16-22 PG 9
Consult 400V AC 13,5 kW 18 CV/HP 16-29 x2 x1
... customised solutions

Do you need expert support?
We are assisting a large number of specific demands
covering multiple varieties on pump control systems
ranging from simple adaptations to complex system
design.
Do you have special needs?

Triplex pump systems
Control panel set offers an LCD screen where station
pumps can be monitored (operating pressure,
individual motor running conditions, overload
condition,..).
Pressure transducer with 4-20ma output signal.
Operation sequence programmable based on o
pressure characteristics (start pressure – emergency
pressure). Communication
C i ti
Four pump systems Control units connected to
o communication systems
with GSM operation and alarm
larm information.
Similar characteristics to triplex pump units.
Hazardous environments
High rating pumps
Pump control and protection units specially adapted
Large size pumps can use different start-stop to hazardous environments. Increase IP protection,
systems, customised solutions might operate with metal enclosures, aluminium enclosures, unit
start-delta electromechanical starter, soft-starter units thermal management, ....
or electronic inverters.
www.gave.com 197
240 Fuse links
242 Cylindrical fuses
245 Neutral links
246 Neozed fuses D0
247 Glass fuses F Class
248 Knife fuses NH
254 Industrial fuses curves and characteristics
258 Fuse bases and switch disconnectors

260 Cylindrical fuseholders
268 NH fuse bases
274 NH Fuse switch disconnectors
Fuse protection
Fuse protection
Fuse links
The fuse link is a component
designed to cut off dangerous
currents. It is attained by adapting
fusible melting strips that divide
the arc into several subarcs and
cool them by means of the quartz
sand. A limitation of the peak
current is reached minimising
electrodynamical load of the
installation and protecting the
equipment by limiting thermal
let-through current.
Time/current
characteristics
General characteristics gG characteristic
General purpose cable and
conductor protection.
Ageing Corrosion aM characteristic

Fuse element
resistant Motor and switchgear
dedicated alloy makes
fuses specially All metal parts are protection. Adapted to the
resistant to ageing surface treated against
effects. corrosion.
starting current of motors
and to the shortcircuit
protection.
Indicator uR characteristic
Clear indicator visibility
on fuse status. Ultrarapid operation for
Indicator conductor semiconductor protection
and spring are
corrosion and ageing such as diodes, thyristors, or
proof..
AC/DC motor drives. High
breaking capacities.
gPV characteristic
Adapted to specific
difficulties related to low DC
ROHS overcurrents characteristic
All metal parts surface
treatment are according
of photovoltaic protection.
to Rohs2 requirements.
200
Fuse links
 Protection
Peak current "limitation"
minimises considerably
the electrodynamic load
Cylindrical fuses Glass fuses F Class of the installation and
Four sizes for industrial protection Fine tuned fuses for low loads protects the equipment.
with and without indicator protection.
covering gG, aM and gPV curves. Ranges  Safety
Ranges Size 5x20
No emission of gas, flames
gG curve fuses with and without indicator
or arcs when clearing any
aM curve fuses with and without indicator
gPV curve fuses Knife fuses NH value of overcurrent.
Neutral links Additionally the speed of
Six different sizes for gG, aM and
uR protection with high limitation operation on high short
Neozed fuses D0
characteristics. circuit currents limits
Three different sizes for overload significantly the flash
Ranges
and short-circuit general line
gG curve fuses with indicator hazard at the fault
protection. aM curve fuses with indicator location.
Ranges aR/gR curve fuses with indicator
Sizes D01, D02 and D03
 Reliability
No moving parts to wear
out or become
contaminated by dust, oil
or corrosion and no
nuisance tripping. Fuse
replacement ensures
protection is restored to
its original state of
Applications integrity.
• Distribution panels • Capacitor banks

• Automation equipment • Machinery
 Simple
• Control panels • Photovoltaic installations Good selectivity minimises
• Motor protection • Battery banks the part of the system
effected by operation of
protective device. High
current limitation makes
easy coordination
between fuse links and
other devices.
www.gave.com 201
Fuse protection
Cylindrical fuses
General characteristics According to Dimensions

a
• Security fuses with silver-plated • UNE 21103 b
or nickel-plated contacts • VDE 0636
• Silver-copper fuse element • IEC 60269-2
Øc
• Steatite body with high • NFC63210
resistivity to internal pressure
• Breaking capacity: Size Dimensions a b Øc
- 120 kA - 500 V~ 00 8.5 x 31.5 31.5 6.3 8.5
0 10.3 x 38 38 9.4 10.3
- 80 kA - 690 V~
1 14.3 x 51 51 11.3 14.3
2 22.2 x 58 58 14.7 22.2
values in mm
gG Curve
8x31 - Size 00
References Weight
In (A) V kA Pack.
Standard With fusing indicator (kg)
29F2GL 29F2GLIF 2 400 20 0.004 10
29F4GL 29F4GLIF 4 400 20 0.004 10
29F6GL 29F6GLIF 6 400 20 0.004 10
29F10GL 29F10GLIF 10 400 20 0.004 10
29F16GL 29F16GLIF 16 400 20 0.004 10
29F20GL 29F20GLIF 20 400 20 0.004 10
29F25GL 29F25GLIF 25 400 20 0.004 10
10x38 - Size 0
References Weight
In (A) V kA Pack.
30F05GL 0,5 500 120 0.01 10
30F1GL 1 500 120 0.01 10
30F2GL 30F2GLIF 2 500 120 0.01 10
30F4GL 30F4GLIF 4 500 120 0.01 10
30F6GL 30F6GLIF 6 500 120 0.01 10
30F8GL 30F8GLIF 8 500 120 0.01 10
30F10GL 30F10GLIF 10 500 120 0.01 10
30F12GL 30F12GLIF 12 500 120 0.01 10
30F16GL 30F16GLIF 16 500 120 0.01 10
30F20GL 30F20GLIF 20 500 120 0.01 10
30F25GL 30F25GLIF 25 500 120 0.01 10
30F32GL 30F32GLIF 32 400 120 0.01 10
202
Fuse links
14x51 - Size 1
References Weight
In (A) V kA Pack.
31F2GL 31F2GLIF 2 690 80 0.02 10
31F4GL 31F4GLIF 4 690 80 0.02 10
31F6GL 31F6GLIF 6 690 80 0.02 10
31F8GL 31F8GLIF 8 690 80 0.02 10
31F10GL 31F10GLIF 10 690 80 0.02 10
31F12GL 31F12GLIF 12 690 80 0.02 10
31F16GL 31F16GLIF 16 690 80 0.02 10
31F20GL 31F20GLIF 20 690 80 0.02 10
31F25GL 31F25GLIF 25 690 80 0.02 10
31F32GL 31F32GLIF 32 500 120 0.02 10
31F40GL 31F40GLIF 40 500 120 0.02 10
31F50GL 31F50GLIF 50 400 120 0.02 10
22x58 - Size 2
References Weight
In (A) V kA Pack.
32F16GL 32F16GLIF 16 690 80 0.06 10
32F20GL 32F20GLIF 20 690 80 0.06 10
32F25GL 32F25GLIF 25 690 80 0.06 10
32F32GL 32F32GLIF 32 690 80 0.06 10
32F40GL 32F40GLIF 40 690 80 0.06 10
32F50GL 32F50GLIF 50 690 80 0.06 10
32F63GL 32F63GLIF 63 690 80 0.06 10
32F80GL 32F80GLIF 80 500 120 0.06 10
32F100GL 32F100GLIF 100 500 120 0.06 10
32F125GL 32F125GLIF 125 400 120 0.06 10
www.gave.com 203
Fuse protection
Cylindrical fuses
aM Curve
10x38 - Size 0
References Weight
In (A) V kA Pack.
30F1AM 1 500 120 0.01 10
30F2AM 30F2AMIF 2 500 120 0.01 10
30F4AM 30F4AMIF 4 500 120 0.01 10
30F6AM 30F6AMIF 6 500 120 0.01 10
30F8AM 30F8AMIF 8 500 120 0.01 10
30F10AM 30F10AMIF 10 500 120 0.01 10
30F12AM 30F12AMIF 12 500 120 0.01 10
30F16AM 30F16AMIF 16 500 120 0.01 10
30F20AM 30F20AMIF 20 500 120 0.01 10
30F25AM 30F25AMIF 25 500 120 0.01 10
30F32AM 30F32AMIF 32 400 120 0.01 10
14x51 - Size 1
References Weight
In (A) V kA Pack.
31F2AM 31F2AMIF 2 690 80 0.02 10
31F4AM 31F4AMIF 4 690 80 0.02 10
31F6AM 31F6AMIF 6 690 80 0.02 10
31F8AM 31F8AMIF 8 690 80 0.02 10
31F10AM 31F10AMIF 10 690 80 0.02 10
31F12AM 31F12AMIF 12 690 80 0.02 10
31F16AM 31F16AMIF 16 690 80 0.02 10
31F20AM 31F20AMIF 20 690 80 0.02 10
31F25AM 31F25AMIF 25 690 80 0.02 10
31F32AM 31F32AMIF 32 500 120 0.02 10
31F40AM 31F40AMIF 40 500 120 0.02 10
31F50AM 31F50AMIF 50 400 120 0.02 10
204
Fuse links
22x58 - Size 2
References Weight
In (A) V kA Pack.
32F16AM 32F16AMIF 16 690 80 0.06 10
32F20AM 32F20AMIF 20 690 80 0.06 10
32F25AM 32F25AMIF 25 690 80 0.06 10
32F32AM 32F32AMIF 32 690 80 0.06 10
32F40AM 32F40AMIF 40 690 80 0.06 10
32F50AM 32F50AMIF 50 690 80 0.06 10
32F63AM 32F63AMIF 63 690 80 0.06 10
32F80AM 32F80AMIF 80 500 120 0.06 10
32F100AM 32F100AMIF 100 500 120 0.06 10
32F125AM 32F125AMIF 125 400 120 0.06 10
gPV Curve
10x38 - Size 0
References Energy Integrals I2t (A2s) Power Loss (W) Weight

In (A) Pack.
Standard Pre-Arcing Total at 1000V 0.8In In (kg)
30F2PV 2 1.2 3.4 0.6 1.0 0.01 10
30F6PV 6 30 90 1.1 1.8 0.01 10
30F8PV 8 3 32 1.2 2.1 0.01 10
30F10PV 10 7 70 1.3 2.3 0.01 10
30F12PV 12 12 120 1.5 2.7 0.01 10
30F15PV 15 22 220 1.7 2.9 0.01 10
30F20PV 20 34 240 2.1 3.5 0.01 10
14x51 - Size 1
References Energy Integrals I2t (A2s) Power Loss (W) Weight

In (A) Pack.
Standard Pre-Arcing Total at 1000V 0.8In In (kg)
31F20PV 20 27 568 2.7 5 0.02 10
31F25PV 25 65 943 2.7 5.1 0.02 10
31F32PV 32 120 1740 3.3 6.2 0.02 10
Neutral links
References Size Weight (kg) Package

0NEUTRO Size 0 0.002 10
www.gave.com 205
Fuse protection
Neozed fuses D0
The D0-System, sometimes called General characteristics According to

NEOZED, is smaller than the DIAZED
system, and does have a lower • High breaking capacity up to • IEC 60269-1
power dissipation, but also a lower 50kA at 400 V AC • IEC 60269-3
rated voltage (400V~). • Strong limiting capacity of the • VDE -DIN 0636/301
electrodynamic short circuit
effects
• Simple and efficient selectivity
Ø11 Size D01

References Type In (A) Weight (kg/piece) Package
41F2 E 14 2 0.006 10
41F4 E 14 4 0.006 10
36
41F6 E 14 6 0.006 10
41F10 E 14 10 0.006 10
41F16 E 14 16 0.006 10
Ø15 Size D02

42F20 E 18 20 0.01 10
42F25 E 18 25 0.01 10
36
42F35 E 18 35 0.01 10
42F50 E 18 50 0.01 10
42F63 E 18 63 0.01 10
Ø20
Size D03
43F80 M 30 x 2 80 0.04 10
43
43F100 M 30 x 2 100 0.04 10
206
Fuse links
Glass fuses F Class
Glass fuses are designed to General characteristics According to

protect electronic boards from low
overcurrents that risk damaging • Size 5x20 • EN60127.2.1
electronic circuits or its components • Characteristics F - Fast • VDE0820
• Voltage 250V
• Breaking capacity L35A
Size 20x5,2
References In (A) V Package
80F0,5 0,5 250 100
80F1 1 250 100
80F1,6 1,6 250 100
80F2 2 250 100
80F2,5 2,5 250 100
80F3 3 250 100
±2,0
10
20 ±0,5
Ø 5,2
+0,1
-0,2 80F3,15 3,15 250 100
80F4 4 250 100
80F5 5 250 100
80F6 6 250 100
80F6,3 6,3 250 100
80F8 8 250 100
80F10 10 250 100
80F12,5 12,5 250 100
80F16 16 250 100
80F20 20 250 100
Fusion time
Test current
Nominal current (In)
1,5xIn 2,1xIn 4xIn 10xIn
50 mA - 20 A >1h < 30 min < 300 ms < 20 ms
www.gave.com 207
Fuse protection
Knife fuses NH
Industrial fuses are designed to protect installations and equipment against

overload and short-circuit currents on low voltage electrical circuits.
General characteristics According to

• High breaking capacity up to • IEC 60269-1
120 kA at 500V AC • IEC 60269-2
• Optimal selectivity • VDE -DIN 0636/21
• Low power dissipation • DIN 43620
Structure and materials

sealing plug
captive pressure spring
(brass)
for centre indicator
(stainless steel)
centre indicator
(red glass) blade contact
(copper,
silver plated)
contact spring
for centre indicator
(stainless steel)
screws
(corrosion resistant)
retaining plate
(corrosion resistant)
fuse element
(reduced power dissipation,
directly welded on to blade contact)
ceramic fuse body

(pressure and
temperature resistant)
flat indicator
(stainless steel, cover plate flexible seal
with red mark) (corrosion resistant) (heat resistant)
208
Fuse links
Dimensions
Sizes 00C to 3 a3 d 10
6
centre indicator flat indicator
10
3
c1
e1
b1
f
a2 6
a1 e2
Size A1 A2 A3 A4 B C E1 E2 F
00C 78,5 53 45 49 15 35 40 21 7
00 78,5 53 45 49 15 35 44 28 14,5
0 125 68 62 66 15 35 44 35 14
1C 134 68 62 67 15 40 44 35 14
1 134 70 62 67 20 40 51,5 44 13,5
2C 150 70 62 67 20 48 51,5 44 13,5
2 150 70 62 67 25 48 60,5 54 14,5
3C 150 70 62 67 25 60 60,5 54 14,5
3 150 70 62 67 32 60 74 70 17
Size 4 22
70
10 flat indicator
64
6
10
3
121
87
100
50
32
20
16
75
8
150
100 200
www.gave.com 209
Fuse protection
Knife fuses NH
gG Curve with fusing indicator
Size 00C and 00

References Type In (A) V Weight (kg/piece) Package
66920006 00C 6 500 0.12 3
66920010 00C 10 500 0.12 3
66920016 00C 16 500 0.12 3
66920020 00C 20 500 0.12 3
66920025 00C 25 500 0.12 3
66920032 00C 32 500 0.12 3
66920040 00C 40 500 0.12 3
66920050 00C 50 500 0.12 3
66920063 00C 63 500 0.12 3
66920080 00C 80 500 0.12 3
66920100 00C 100 500 0.12 3
66920125 00 125 500 0.17 3
66920160 00 160 500 0.17 3
Size 0
67020016 0 16 500 0.27 3
67020020 0 20 500 0.27 3
67020025 0 25 500 0.27 3
67020032 0 32 500 0.27 3
67020040 0 40 500 0.27 3
67020050 0 50 500 0.27 3
67020063 0 63 500 0.27 3
67020080 0 80 500 0.27 3
67020100 0 100 500 0.27 3
67020125 0 125 500 0.27 3
67020160 0 160 500 0.27 3
210
Fuse links
Size 1C and 1
67120063 1C 63 500 0.28 3
67120080 1C 80 500 0.28 3
67120100 1C 100 500 0.28 3
67120125 1C 125 500 0.28 3
67120160 1C 160 500 0.28 3
67120200 1 200 500 0.41 3
67120250 1 250 500 0.41 3
Size 2C and 2
67220160 2C 160 500 0.42 3
67220200 2C 200 500 0.42 3
67220250 2C 250 500 0.42 3
67220315 2 315 500 0.61 3
67220355 2 355 500 0.61 3
67220400 2 400 500 0.61 3
Size 3C and 3
67320315 3C 315 500 0.62 3
67320400 3C 400 500 0.62 3
67320500 3 500 500 0.92 3
67320630 3 630 500 0.92 3
Size 4
67420630 4 630 500 2.10 1
67420800 4 800 500 2.10 1
67421000 4 1000 500 2.34 1
67421200 4 1250 500 2.34 1
www.gave.com 211
Fuse protection
Knife fuses NH
aM Curve with fusing indicator
Size 00

66930010 00C 10 690 0.12 3
66930016 00C 16 690 0.12 3
66930020 00C 20 690 0.12 3
66930025 00C 25 690 0.12 3
66930032 00C 32 690 0.12 3
66930040 00C 40 690 0.12 3
66930050 00C 50 690 0.12 3
66930063 00C 63 690 0.12 3
66930080 00C 80 690 0.12 3
66930100 00 100 690 0.17 3
66930125 00 125 690 0.17 3
Size 0

67030016 0 16 690 0.27 3
67030020 0 20 690 0.27 3
67030025 0 25 690 0.27 3
67030032 0 32 690 0.27 3
67030040 0 40 690 0.27 3
67030050 0 50 690 0.27 3
67030063 0 63 690 0.27 3
67030080 0 80 690 0.27 3
67030100 0 100 690 0.27 3
67030125 0 125 690 0.27 3
67030160 0 160 690 0.27 3
212
Fuse links
Size 1

67130063 1C 63 690 0.28 3
67130080 1C 80 690 0.28 3
67130100 1C 100 690 0.28 3
67130125 1C 125 690 0.28 3
67130160 1C 160 690 0.28 3
67130200 1 200 690 0.41 3
67130250 1 250 690 0.41 3
Size 2

67230160 2C 160 690 0.51 3
67230200 2C 200 690 0.51 3
67230250 2C 250 690 0.51 3
67230315 2 315 690 0.61 3
67230355 2 355 690 0.61 3
67230400 2 400 690 0.61 3
Size 3

67330315 3C 315 690 0.62 3
67330400 3C 400 690 0.62 3
67330500 3 500 690 0.92 3
67330630 3 630 690 0.92 3
Size 4

67430630 4 630 500 2.10 1
67430800 4 800 500 2.10 1
67431000 4 1000 500 2.14 1
67431200 4 1250 500 2.14 1
www.gave.com 213
Fuse protection
Industrial fuses
gG Fuse curves characteristics
Current cut-off diagram
1,5
100 kA cr.
8 1250
7 1000
6 800
5 630
4 500
400
3 315
250
200
2 160
1,5 125
100
80
10 kA 63
50
8 40
7 32
6 25
5 20
4 16
cut-off current (kA peak)
fuses rated current

3 12
10
8
2 6
1,5 4
1 kA 2
8
7
6 1
5
4
3
2
1,5
100 A 1,5 3 6 1,5 3 6 1,5 3 6 1,5 3 6

2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8
10 A 100 A 1 kA 10 kA 100 kA eff.
Prospective current (r.m.s. kA)
214
Fuse links
Time/current operating characteristics
224
280
355
450
560
710
900
In fusibles (A)
1000
1250
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
1
6
8
4000
3000
2000
1500
1000 800
600
400
300 0,5
200
150
100 80
60
40
30
20
15
10
fusing time
8
6
5 4
3
2 0,25
1,5
1 0,8
0,6
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,15
0,1
0,07
0,05
0,025
0,015
0,01
0,007
0,004 1,5 3 5 7 1,5 3 5 7 1,5 3 5 7 1,5 3 5 7 1,5 3 5 7
2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8
1A 10 A 100 A 1 kA 10 kA 100 kA eff.
www.gave.com 215
Fuse protection
Industrial fuses
aM Fuse curves characteristics
Current cut-off diagram
1,5
100 kA cr.
1250
1000
8 800
7 630
6 500
5 400
4 315
250
3 200
160
125
2 100
80
1,5 63
50
40
10 kA 32
8 25
7 20
cut-off current (kA peak)
6 16
fuses rated current

5 12
10
4 8
6
3
4
2
1,5 2
1 kA 1
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1,5
100 A 1,5 3 6 1,5 3 6 1,5 3 6 1,5 3 6

2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8 2 4 8
10 A 100 A 1 kA 10 kA 100 kA eff.
Prospective current (r.m.s. kA)
216
Fuse links
In fusibles (A)
1000
1250
100
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
0,5
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
1
4
6
8
60 0,25
40
30
20
15
10
7
5
3
2 0,16
1,5
1
0,7
0,5
0,3
fusing time
0,2
0,15
0,1
0,07
0,05
0,025
0,015
0,01
0,007
0,004 1,5 3 5 7 1,5 3 5 7 1,5 3 5 7 1,5 3 5 7 1,5 3 5 7
2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8
1A 10 A 100 A 1 kA 10 kA 100 kA eff.
gPV Fuse curves characteristics

30F20PV
30F15PV
30F12PV
30F10PV
30F8PV
30F6PV
30F4PV
Time (s)
30F2PV
Available Current, dc - time constant < 1ms (Amperes)
www.gave.com 217
Fuse protection
Fuse bases
and switch
disconnectors
Fuse systems are used in electrical
distribution, automation and
switchgear assemblies. They are a
simple way to integrate high
breaking capacity protection into
confined spaces. The range of
cylindrical fuse-holders, NH Fuse
bases and NH Fuse disconnectors
offer a wide range of combination
possibilities that fit into multiple
application specific designs. All
product ranges conform to IEC
60269 standards.
 IEC 947-3
Corrosion
Cylindrical fuseholders
resistant
Modularity All metal parts are
and NH closed fuse bases
Flexibility on sizes and surface treated against are fuse-switch-
number of poles. corrosion.
disconnector single
opening products
according to Table 1 on
IEC 947-3, therefore they
are able to perform make-
Materials
High thermal stability
break operations and
of plastics prevent satisfy the requirements
overheating damages.
specified for the isolation
function. In addition to
short-circuit performance
capability, requirements
Contacts on mechanical and
Optimised surface electrical endurance are
treatment for quality
transmission and also fulfilled.
temperature control.
218
Fuse bases and
switch disconnectors
Cylindrical Fuseholders NH Switch disconnectors

Industrial modular disconnector Fuse shortcircuit protection and
fuseholders for line and motor safe circuit disconnection.
protection.
Ranges Ranges
400V AC size 00 Single pole sizes 00 and 1
690V AC sizes 0, 1 and 2 Triple pole sizes 00, 1, 2 and 3
1000V DC size 0 and 1 Four pole sizes 00, 1 and 3
Triple pole busbar mounting sizes 00, 1 and 2
Fuse bases
Open NH fuse bases are offered in
single pole and triple pole
configurations.
Ranges
1 and 3 poles 690VAC sizes 00, 0, 1, 2
and 3 high pressure contacts
Screw fixing contacts Size 4 single pole
Photovoltaic sizes 1, 2XL and 3XL
Vertical NH
Fuse-rails and Fuse-Switches
Vertical Fuse-rails and Fuse-Switches are intended for power distribution in cable
distribution cabinets and transformer stations. A range of sizes, terminal connections
and mounting options are available.
Further information consult
www.gave.com 219
Fuse protection
Complete range of modular industrial fuseholders
«Designed to guarantee safety disconnection

and equipment protection on your low voltage
power and control circuits»
Designed by experience
The new range of modular fuseholders is
the outcome of extensive experience on the
field of fuse protection. This complete range
comprises four standard sizes plus a DC
model. We have combined modern look
with ergonomic design and provided the
range with mounting flexibility using
multipolar assembly kits.
220
Fuse bases and
Modular
All sizes can be installed
on 45mm cut out
modular distribution
panels.
Ergonomic handle
Adapted shape for easy
access and operation.
Marking
Easy to identify.
Reference and basic
data visible on front
handle. Electrical
characteristics on
the side.
Pozidrive screws
Strong grip for optimal
torque tightening.
Assembly kits
Push in clips and pins
for multipolar
assemblies. Protection
degree IP20
Protected against
accidental finger
contact.
Fixing Clip
Din rail fixing
mechanism easy to
access and smooth slide
on removal operations.
• On load breaking fuse at 960ºC according to IEC 695-2-1) According to standards
disconnectors. • Elevated vibration withstand.
• IEC 60947-1
• Easy and quick DIN rail • DIN modular range (45mm
• IEC 60947-3
mounting. cut out)
• High insulation voltage rating. • Multipolar assemblies.
• Resistant to abnormal heat and • Contact surfaces silver plated.
fire (Glow wire flammability test
www.gave.com 221
Fuse protection
Size 00
• Modular 45 mm cut out - 1 module (17,5mm) X pole.
• Mounting 35mm DIN rail.
• Simultaneous breaking on multipolar versions.
• High temperature resistant plastics.
Thermal Electrical
References Fuse size Poles Modules Package
rating diagram
201 25 A 8,5 x 31,5 1P 1 12
202 25 A 8,5 x 31,5 2P 2 6
203 25 A 8,5 x 31,5 3P 3 4
203N 25 A 8,5 x 31,5 3P+N 4 3
Assembly kits
Reference Description Package

21KE multipolar assembly kit s.00&0 (2 clips + 1 Pin) 12
Dimensions 11
2,5 80
PZ2 Nm
62
78,5
3
17,5 35 52,5 70 42
222
Fuse bases and
Size 0
• Modular 45 mm cut out - 1 module (17,5mm) X pole.
Thermal Electrical
rating diagram
211 32 A 10 x 38 1P 1 12
211N 32 A 10 x 38 1P+N 2 6
212 32 A 10 x 38 2P 2 6
213 32 A 10 x 38 3P 3 4
213N 32 A 10 x 38 3P+N 4 3
Assembly kits

Dimensions 11 80
2,5
PZ2 Nm
62
78,5
3
17,5 35 52,5 70 42
www.gave.com 223
Fuse protection
Size 1
• Modular 45 mm cut out - 1,5 module (27mm) X pole.
• Ergonomic handle.
Thermal Electrical
rating diagram
221 50 A 14 x 51 1P 1 6
222 50 A 14 x 51 2P 2 3
223 50 A 14 x 51 3P 3 2
223N 50 A 14 x 51 3P+N 4 1
Assembly kits

Dimensions 14
3
PZ2 Nm 99
73
108
4
27 54 81 108 52
224
Fuse bases and
Size 2
• Modular 45 mm cut out - 2 module (35mm) X pole .
• Ergonomic handle.
Thermal Electrical
rating diagram
231 125 A 22 x 58 1P 1 3
232 125 A 22 x 58 2P 2 2
233 125 A 22 x 58 3P 3 3
233N 125 A 22 x 58 3P+N 4 1
Assembly kits

Dimensions 20
3 106
PZ2 Nm
77
118
4
35 70 105 140 54
www.gave.com 225
Fuse protection
PV Fuseholders
Photovoltaic installations According to

• 1000V cc DC-20B. • IEC 60947-1
• Mounting 35mm DIN rail. • IEC 60947-3
• High temperature resistant
plastics.
• Elevated insulation
characteristics.
See dimensions on page 223
References Thermal rating Fuse size Poles Modules Package

211PV 32 A 10 x 38 1P 1 12
212PV 32 A 10 x 38 2P 2 6
Multipole assemblies
Each bag of kits size 00&0 is
sufficient for:
• 12 multipolar assemblies.
• 12 two pole assemblies.
• 6 three pole assemblies.
• 4 four pole assemblies.
Each bag of kits size 1&2 is

sufficient for:
• 10 multipolar assemblies.
• 10 two pole assemblies.
• 5 three pole assemblies.
• 3 four pole assemblies.
Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2

Nº pins/assemblie 1 1 1 1
Nº clips/assemblie 2 2 3 3
226
Fuse bases and
Technical data
Parameters Size 00 Size 0 DC Size 0 Size 1 Size 2
Fuse size 8,5 x 31,5 10 x 38 10 x 38 14 x 51 22 x 58
Rated current Ith (A)
gG 400V 25 32 32 50 125*
gG 500V 20 25 25 50 100
gG 690V 10 10 25 50
aM 400V - - - 50 125*
aM 500V - 16 16 40 100
aM 690V - - - 25 50
Rated power dissipation W
gG fuse 2,5 3 3 5 9,5
aM fuse - 1,2 1,2 3 7
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6 6 8 8
Max. Operating voltage Ue V~ 400 1000 Vdc 690 690 690
Operating category AC-22B DC-20 AC-22B AC-22B AC-21B
Wire section min. máx min. máx min. máx min. máx min. máx
stranded mm2 1x1,5 1x25 1x1,5 1x25 1x1,5 1x25 1x1,5 1x35 1x4 1x50
2x10 2x10 2x10 2x16 2x25
flexible mm2 1x1,5 1x25 1x1,5 1x25 1x1,5 1x25 1x1,5 1x35 1x4 1x50
2x10 2x10 2x10 2x16 2x25
Torque Nm 2 - 2,5 2 - 2,5 2 - 2,5 2,5 - 3 2,5 - 3
Connection screws / Pz2 Ø 5,5 - 6,5 5,5 - 6,5 5,5 - 6,5 5,5 - 6,5 5,5 - 6,5
Flame Resistant IEC 60695-2-1 960 ºC 960 ºC 960 ºC 960 ºC 960 ºC
*125A intermittent use (100A continuous use)
Derating table
Parameters Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2
In / Un 400V~ A 25 32 50 125
In / Un 500V~ A 20 20 40 80
20 º C 1 1 1 1
Acc. ambient 30 º C 0,95 0,95 0,95 0,95
temperature 40 º C 0,90 0,90 0,90 0,90
50 º C 0,80 0,80 0,80 0,80
1-3 phases 1 1 1 1
4-6 phases 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8
Acc. number of poles
7-9 phases 0,7 0,7 0,7 0,7
>10 phases 0,6 0,6 0,6 0,6
www.gave.com 227
Fuse protection
NH fuse bases
Functions General characteristics

Open type fuse bases are intended • Single-pole and triple-pole NH
to be used on applications that we fuse base up to 1250A
intend to protect equipment • Panel fastening
against short-circuit and overload • Screw connection
conditions and where we have • Contact clips with elastic
space and thermal constrains that springs securing the pressure
limit the use of switch-fuse on the fuse (on size 4, the
disconnectors. pressure is secured by screw)
• Polyester base reinforced with
According to standards fibreglass
• VDE 0660/ part 100 • Phases splitter to group single-
• IEC/EN 60 269-2-1 pole fuse bases
• VDE 0636 / part 201 • Strapped clamps for a better
connection
• Triple-pole bases supplied with
phase splitters
228
Fuse bases and
Size 00
References Fuse size In (A) Poles Package
511 NH00 160 A 1 3
513 NH00 160 A 3 1
Dimensions
53
20 22 3 35
100
118
86
25
53
130
100
118
32
22
75 102
Size 0
521 NH0 160 A 1 3
523 NH0 160 A 3 1
Dimensions
62
20 22 35 4
120
146
165
25
183
147
167
62
32
22
85 104
www.gave.com 229
Fuse protection
NH fuse bases
Size 1
531 NH1 250 A 1 3
533 NH1 250 A 3 1
Dimensions
74 60
27
174
250
174
198
150
25
77
20
74
55
34
100 175
Size 2
541 NH2 400 A 1 3
543 NH2 400 A 3 1
Dimensions
88
60
30
250
200
227
198
150
25
73
20
88
55
35 100 175
230
Fuse bases and
Size 3
551 NH3 630 A 1 3
553 NH3 630 A 3 1
Dimensions
98
45 80 3
800 V
630 A
T-3 800 V 800 V 800 V
630 A 630 A 630 A
223
210
150
25
T-3 T-3 T-3

285
226
207
25
63
35
100
123 238
Size 4
561 NH4 1250 A 1 1
Dimensions
50
250
300
195
30
134
85
35
www.gave.com 231
Fuse protection
NH fuse bases
Accessories
Isolating plate
References Description Package
51SEP Plate for NH base size 00 1
53SEP Plate for NH base size 1-2 1
Extraction Handle
References Description Package
64010011 Extraction handle for NH fuse 1
232
Fuse bases and
Photovoltaic NH fuse bases
PV range of NH fuse bases cover They use cooper silver plated Lyra Size 1 base are made of self-
sizes NH 1, 2XL, and 3L and are type contacts with an extensive extinguishing plastics with highly
specially designed for photovoltaic contact area for the fuse blades insulating properties. Special sizes
applications characterised for that provide good heat dissipation. 2XL and 3L use ceramic bases
operating at elevated voltage A spring washer that has followed that raise contact distance to
values in particular environments resistance treatment tensions the the bottom while offering good
with high temperatures. contact to ensure good electrical insulation characteristics.
transmission.
Size 1
531PV NH1 250 A 1 3
Dimensions
800 V
630 A
T-3
175
195
152
27
55
35
27
85
Size 2XL/3L
541PV NH2XL 400 A 1 3
551PV NH3L 630 A 1 3
Dimensions
G
C
H
B
Ref. A B C D E F G H
541PV 85 100 195 35 30 55 134 278 D F
551PV 85 100 195 35 30 52 134 288
www.gave.com 233
Fuse protection
NH Fuse switch disconnectors
Gave introduces a new range of NH fuse switch disconnectors characterised

by its wide range of sizes, modularity and scope of accessories. Product construction
Base: Manufactured of
Functions General characteristics halogen free glass reinforced
self-extinguishing material
NH fuse switch disconnectors are ▪ Four sizes available from 00 to 3
with high thermal stability
used on low voltage electrical (up to 630A).
characteristics. Copper
systems that require high ▪ Range uniformity and
contacts offer galvanic surface
protection against shortcircuit modularity.
coating. Contact springs made
while securing on load circuit ▪ Size 00 and 1 offer single pole,
of stainless steel. Symmetrical
disconnection and isolation. We double pole, triple pole and
switch suitable for bottom /
can find application on quadruple pole models.
top cable terminal connections
switchboard, distribution systems, ▪ Mounting options. Size 000 DIN
OEM,.. rail or base mounting. Other Cover: The switch operating
sizes base mounting or busbar cover is made of halogen free
glass reinforced self-
According to standards mounting.
▪ Installation flexibility vertical or extinguishing material.
• IEC/EN 60 947-3 Supplied with large windows
horizontal. Sizes 00,1 and 2.
• VDE 0660 / part 100 which enable to clearly check
▪ Self extinguishing halogen free
• IEC/EN 60 269-2-1 internal fuse characteristics
materials.
• VDE 0636 / part 201 and indicator status.
Ergonomic handle for easy
operation.
234
Fuse bases and
Touch protection IP20. Easy direct installation by Locking and sealing Parking position of
When fuse link is in test snapping on to the bus devices. switch operating cover.
mode IP rating is bars.
maintained.
Technical specifications
Fuse NH 00 NH 1 NH 2 NH 3
Conventional free air thermal current with fuse links Ith 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A
Max. Allowed power dissipation of nh-fuse links Pn 12 W 23 W 34 W 48 W
Conventional free air thermal current with solid links Ith 200 A 400 A 630 A 780 A
Max. Allowed power dissipation of solid links Pn 1.2 W 2.6 W 9W 17,5 W
AC 21 B 690 V 125 A 200 A 315 A 500 A
AC 21 B 400 V
DC 21
440 V 400 A
Utilization category B1)
AC 23 B 400 V 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A
AC 22 B 500 V 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A
DC 22 B 220 V 160 A 250 A
Rated operational voltage Ue 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Rated insulation voltage Ui 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 8 kV 12 kV 12 kV 12 kV
Rated frequency 50–60 Hz 50–60 Hz 50–60 Hz 50-60 Hz
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Pollution degree 3 3 3 3
uninterrupted uninterrupted uninterrupted uninterrupted
Rated duty
duty duty duty duty
Rated short-circuit making capacity with solid links Icm 6.2 kAsw 8.2 kAsw 10.6 kAsw 18,6 kAsw
400 V AC 80 kA / le = 160 A 80 kA / le = 200 A 80 kA / le = 400 A 80 kA / le = 630 A
Rated short-circuit making
500 V AC 80 kA le = 160 A 80 kA le = 200 A 80 kA le = 400 A 80 kA le = 630 A
capacity with fuse links
690 V AC 50 kA le = 125 A 80 kA le = 200 A 80 kA le = 315 A 50 kA le = 500 A
Rated short-time withstand current with solid links Icw 4 kA / 1 s 8 kA / 1 s 13 kA / 1 s 18 kA / 1 s
Power dissipation ith without NH-Fuse links 2.3 W 3.5 W 20 W 40 W
Power dissipation ith without solid links 3.3 W 8W 50 W 150 W
Cable terminal connections M8 Screw M10 Screw M10 Screw M12 Screw
40-60mm / 40-60mm /
Bus bar Type / Width 60mm / 5-10mm -
5-10mm 5-10mm
www.gave.com 235
Fuse protection
NH 00 Fuse switch
References Poles Current (A) Connection Weight (kg)
711 1 160 M8 screw 0,32
713 3 160 M8 screw 0,74
714 4 160 M8 screw 1,04
Dimensions
Max. thickness of switch board 4mm
Neutral
support
Connection
center Fixing center
NH 00 Fuse switch
Direct installation on to bus bar systems

60mm bus bar systems
713PC 3 160 1,04
M8 screw
Dimensions
236
Fuse bases and
NH 1 Fuse switch
731 1 250 M10 screw 1,00
733 3 250 M10 screw 2,42
734 4 250 M10 screw 3,42
Dimensions
Connection center
Fixing center
NH 1 Fuse switch

40-60mm bus bar systems
733PC 3 250 3,12
M10 screw
Dimensions
5mm with distance piece
www.gave.com 237
Fuse protection
NH 2 Fuse switch
743 3 400 M10 screw 3,47
Dimensions
205
130
Connection
center Connection center
Fixing center
306
NH 2 Fuse switch

40-60 mm bus bar systems
743PC 3 400 4,5
M12 screw
Dimensions
5mm with space piece
238
Fuse bases and
NH 3 Fuse switch
753 3 630 M12 screw 4,94
754 4 630 M12 screw 7,44
Dimensions
256 27
331.5
153.9
80 84.5 80
154.7
251
278.7
288.5
268.6
223
96.3
139.5
144.3
183
31
51
68
98.5
357.5
www.gave.com 239
200 Control relays
202 Phase control
205 Voltage monitoring
210 Network control relay
212 Current and temperatura monitoring
214 Timers
216 Multifunctional timers
219 Star-delta timers
220 Surge protector devices

223 Applications
224 Surge protective devices Type I
226 Surge protective devices Type I+II
228 Surge protective devices Type II
232 Permanent overvoltage protection
234 PV Surge protective devices
236 Surge protectors for telecom and data lines Type III
237 Other surge protectors
Network control
and protection
Network control and protection
Control relays
Modern industry is characterised
by automated continuous
production process that must be
under control in order to avoid
high costs associated to irregular
operation and unexpected stops.
Employing control relays on
industrial installations will permit
monitoring network supply and
prevent potential breakdowns.
Machinery maintenance will be
supported by anticipatory
protection.
 Firmware
Direct setting Large flexibility on
Frontal direct setting
and reading of
control specific
measurement requirements by
thresholds and time
delays. integrating programmable
non-volatile memory.
Customised products to
On product particular market and
information OEM needs.
Wiring and relay
characteristics on side
Product easy
recognition with
reference on face.
Specific
transformer
Oversized transformer
stands supply
variations and filters
disturbances.
242
Control relays
 Monitor
Control relays are
measurement units
that continuously
monitor electrical
values within
Phase Control Voltage Monitoring
established
Aimed to protect motors where Industrial process requiring
parameters.
phase sequence is specially additional protection and
relevant (lifts, cranes, escalators,..) preventive action install complex
or phase failure can be specially voltage monitoring relays that
damaging. additional to phase failure and  Control
sequence protection offer voltage Output relays operate
References
control within established with positive logic,
RF011 RF01 RF01A
threshold and adjustable timings.
contacts are closed on
We find it in automation systems,
Current and refrigeration, network transfers. normal conditions and
temperature monitoring will open when control
References
Monitoring currents and RF02 RF02N RF-UT electronics detect
temperature on mechanical loads RF03 RF03N RF04
network faults.
such as motors, pumps and
resistors increase protection on
applications such as pumping,
ventilation, lifts and conveyors.  Protection
Your equipment is
References
RC RTM protected against
network faults and all
associated damages.
Applications
• Motors • Extraction fans
• Moving equipment (cranes, • Pumps
 Signalling
lifts, escalators, conveyors) • Automatic transfer supplies Operating set, working
• Refrigration • System automation status and failure
conditions are
informed through
rotary selectors and
signalling led located
on the front face.
www.gave.com 243
Phase control
RF011
Phase Failure and Phase Sequence Relay
Voltage monitoring relay for three phase supply.
Protects against Phase Failure (loss) and Phase Sequence.
• Connects when detecting: 3 phases
correct phase sequence RST presence
• Trips when detecting: phase failure
incorrect phase sequence
• Phase failure is considered when nominal voltage is < 85% to operating
nominal voltages between phases.
References Width (modules) Reset time Voltage

RF011 17,5mm (1) 0,1 sec. 208-480V AC

L2 L2 L1
L1
t
Supply Ok L1 L3 L2
Incorrect phase L2
t
sequence or L3 L1 L3
phase failure L3
t
Supply failure contact
4-5
output t
ON OFF BLINK
5-6
t
Dimensions
54
43
17,5 20,4 480
T +15%
4 5 6 15%
S
R -15%
208
t
ON
contact
4-6
output t
68,6
90
45
6-5
t
R
RF011
1 2 3
244
Control relays
RF01
Phase Failure and Phase Sequence Relay
Voltage monitoring relay for three phase supply.
Protects against Phase Failure (loss) and Phase Sequence.
• Connects when detecting: 3 phases presence
• Trips when detecting: voltage drop > 25%
• Phase failure is considered when nominal voltage is < 75% rated

RF01-230 35mm (2) 0,1 sec. 230 V
RF01-400 35mm (2) 0,1 sec. 400 V

L2 L3 L1
L1
t
Supply Ok L1 L2 L2
Incorrect phase L2
t
sequence L3 L1 L3
L3
Phase failure t
contact
ON OFF BLINK 5-6
output t
4-5
t
Dimensions
60
49
35 26,1
1 2 3 4 5 6
modes
ON
68,6
90
45
RF01-230
7 8 9 10 11 12
www.gave.com 245
Phase control
RF01A
Adjustable Phase Failure and Phase
Sequence Relay
Electronic relay for three phase supply monitoring and protecting against
disturbances on the main supply.
Protection against Phase Failure (loss) and Phase Sequence.
Undervoltage adjustable.
• Adjustable phase failure tripping
• Trips when detecting: voltage drop under the preset voltage
• Detection of phase failure under preset value
RF01A-230: adjustable from 150V to 250V
RF01A-400: adjustable from 300V to 440V

RF01A-230 35mm (2) 0,1 sec. 230 V
RF01A-400 35mm (2) 0,1 sec. 400 V

L2 L3 L1
L1
t
Supply Ok L1 L2 L2
Incorrect phase L2
t
sequence L3 L1 L3
L3
Phase failure t
contact
ON OFF BLINK 5-6
output t
4-5
Dimensions t
60
49
U
35 26,1
250Vac
1 2 3 4 5 6
Umin
modes
ON
t
68,6
90
45
contact
R
5-6
output t
RF01A-230
4-5
t
7 8 9 10 11 12
246
Control relays
RF-UT
Fixed Undervoltage Relay
Electronic relay for single phase or three phase supply voltage control and
protecting against disturbance on the main supply.
Protection against undevoltage at a fixed voltage. Restart time delay to
protect motors against abrupt restarts.
• Compact size width 1 module (17,5 mm)
• 1 output changeover contact
• Breaking capacity: 8A / 250V AC cos φ =1
• Energising after time delay when supply voltage >75% Un
• Restart time delay adjustable 5 -15 min

RF-UT 17,5mm (1) 5-15 min 230 VAC
RF-UT3 17,5mm (1) 5-15 min 3 x 400VAC
R (red) U (green) Status 100%
Supply Ok 75%
50%
Relay contact
closed 25%
Delay Delay
ON OFF BLINK
U
18
15
16
Dimensions
64
17,5 60
RF-UT
t (s) 10
7,5 12,5
98
5 15
U R
www.gave.com 247
Phase control
RF02
Phase Failure, Sequence and Voltage
monitoring Relay
Electronic relay for three phase supply monitoring and protecting
against disturbances on the main supply.
Protection against Phase Failure (loss), Phase Sequence and Over/under
voltage.
• Connects when detecting: 3 phases within the set voltage
• Trips when detecting: phase failure, incorrect phase sequence, voltage
variations
• Adjustable threshold (5 to 20%) for voltage variations (from 0,1 to 10
seconds)
Signalling References Width (modules) Reset time Voltage

RF02-230 35mm (2) 3min continuous input 230 V
Supply Ok RF02-400 35mm (2) voltage within threshold 400 V
Incorrect phase RF02I-230 35mm (2) 230 V
sequence 0,1sec.
Voltage out of RF02I-400 35mm (2) 400 V
threshold
Timing to reset
from voltage
Operational diagram
variation Phase sequence and failure
Phase failure L2 L3 L1
L1
Timing to reset t
L1 L2 L2
from phase L2
failure t
L3 L1 L3
ON OFF BLINK L3
t
contact
5-6
Dimensions output t
4-5
60 t
49
35 26,1 Voltage variation (phase to 0)
t1 = tripping time = adj. 0,1-10s

1 2 3 4 5 6
t2 = reset time = 3 min.
U
Umax
modes
t
ON
Unom
68,6
90
45
Umin
R
output contact
5-6
RF02-230
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t1 t1 t2 t2 t
7 8 9 10 11 12
248
Control relays
RF02N
Phase Sequence, Phase + Neutral Failure and
Voltage monitoring Relay
Detects an incorrect phase sequence. Detects a failure on any phase.
Detects phase voltage variation
phase sequence RST+N is correct
• Trips when detecting either a phase failure, phase/neutral voltage
variations (adjustable threshold ±5 to ±20 %) or an incorrect phase
sequence.
• Tripping time, for voltage variations, adjustable from: 0,1 to 10 seconds.
• Tripping time for an incorrect phase sequence or phase failure: 0,1 sec.
• Output: change over relay
• Operating temperature: -10ºC to +60ºC

Signalling RF02N-230 35mm (2) 3min continuous input 230 V
R (red) ON (green) Status RF02N-400 35mm (2) voltage within threshold 400 V
Supply Ok
RF02NI-230 35mm (2) 230 V
Incorrect phase 0,1sec.
sequence RF02NI-400 35mm (2) 400 V
Voltage out of
threshold Diagram
Timing to reset
from voltage Phase sequence and failure
variation N L3 L2 L1 N
N
Phase failure L2 L1 N L3 L1
Timing to reset L1
t
L1 N L3 L2 L3
from phase
L2
failure L3 L2 L1 N L1
t
L3
ON OFF BLINK t
contact
5-6
output t
Dimensions
4-5
t
60
49
Voltage variation (phase to 0)
35 26,1 t1 = tripping time = adj. 0,1-10s
U t2 = reset time = 3 min.
1 2 3 4 5 6
Umax
t
modes
Unom
ON
Umin
68,6
90
45
t
R
output contact
5-6
max. time
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t1 t1 t2 t2 t
RF02N-230
7 8 9 10 11 12
www.gave.com 249
Phase control
RF03
Phase Failure, Sequence and Unbalance Relay
Electronic relay for three phase supply monitoring and protecting
against disturbances on the main supply.
Protection against Phase Failure (loss), Phase Sequence and Phase
Unbalance.
• Connects when detecting: 3 phases within the set voltage
• Trips when detecting: phase failure, incorrect phase sequence, phase
unbalance
• Tripping time delay adjustable against short time voltage variations
• Phase unbalance adjustable threshold (5 to 15%)

Signalling 3min continuous input
RF03-400 35mm (2) 400 V
voltage within threshold
Supply Ok RF03I-400 35mm (2) 0,1sec. 400 V
Incorrect phase
sequence Operational diagram
Voltage out of
Phase sequence and failure
threshold
L2 L3 L1
Timing to reset L1
t
from voltage L1 L2 L2
variation L2
t
Phase failure L3 L1 L3
L3
Timing to reset t
from phase contact

5-6
failure output t
ON OFF BLINK 4-5

t
Phase unbalance (between phases)

Dimensions
60 t2 = reset time = 3 min.
49
35 26,1
U
t
1 2 3 4 5 6
t1 t2 t
modes contact
5-6
output t
ON
68,6
4-5
90
45
R
t
RF03-400
7 8 9 10 11 12
250
Control relays
RF03N
Phase Failure, Sequence and Unbalance Relay
Detects an incorrect phase sequence
Detects a failure on any phase
Detects phase unbalance
phase sequence RST+N is correct
• Trips when detecting phase failure, a phase unbalance (adjustable
threshold 5 to 15 %) or an incorrect phase sequence
• Tripping time, for voltage variations, adjustable from: 0,1 to 10 seconds.
• Tripping time for an incorrect phase sequence or phase failure: 0,1 sec.
• Output: change over relay
• Working temperature: -10ºC to +60ºC
• Phase failure is considered when voltage is lower than 160V between
phase and neutral.

Signalling 3min continuous input
RF03N-400 35mm (2) 400 V
voltage within threshold
Supply Ok RF03NI-400 35mm (2) 0,1sec. 400 V
Incorrect phase
sequence Operational diagram
Voltage out of
Phase sequence and failure
threshold
N L3 L1 L2 N
Timing to reset N
from voltage L2 L1 N L1 L3
variation L1
t
Phase failure L1 N L2 L3 L2
L2
Timing to reset t
L3 L2 L3 N L1
from phase L3
t
failure
contact
5-6
ON OFF BLINK output t
4-5
t
Dimensions
Phase unbalance (between phases)
60
49
35 26,1 t2 = reset time = 3 min.
1 2 3 4 5 6 U
t
modes
t1 t2 t
contact
ON
5-6
output t
68,6
90
45
4-5
R
max. time
t
RF03N-400
7 8 9 10 11 12
www.gave.com 251
Network control relay

«A new concept that fits into your real needs»
· LCD backlit display Control screen

Voltage monitoring and
status relays
· Modular shape (35mm
2 mod. width)
· Two independent
programmable relays
· True RMS
measurement Setup menu
To program parameters
Acces PIN
RF04 has been designed to protect your applications from voltage Configurable access code for
additional security.
instability, phase failures and sequence faults.
Measurement continuous readout hysteresis, time delays and reset times.

provides you with peace of mind on Coordinating both relays permits
your application operations while to actuate on pre-alarm mode.
permitting to detect anomalies and
prevent system failures. Applications
An expanded setting range (±30%
nominal voltage) plus the 3 or 4 • Automatic load transfers
wire connection feature manage • Telecom base stations Test mode
to meet your voltage monitoring To verify system operation.
• Windmill motors
relay needs with a single reference. • Compressors
Easy commissioning thanks to test • Automation systems
mode facility. • Conveyors
Each relay can program
independently tripping values,
Advanced setup
Independent programmable
values for each relay.
252
Control relays
RF04 range
• High accuracy True RMS (3,2kHz).
• Continuous monitoring of phases presence.
• Monitoring phase balance.
• Relays on/off according to program setup
(monitored set values, timings and hysteresis).
• Display full scale nominal voltage ±30% .
References Width (modules) Supply Voltage

RFM04 35mm (2) 230Vac 230 Vac
RF04 35mm (2) 400Vac 400 Vac
RF04-B 35mm (2) 100-350Vdc Ex. 400 Vac
RF04-B2 35mm (2) 20-60Vdc Ex. 400 Vac
RF04-DC 35mm (2) 85-200Vdc 85-200Vdc
Accesories
1475M 2 module frontal mounting frame
Signalling
Display Status Operational diagram

Phase voltage/balance OK DC AC
L2/L3
Phase voltage/balance Fault
HYS 115V 395V
Open relay
t
Closed relay DIS 105V 380V
tripping or reset timing t
Relay indication for OK RL1 t1

t
conditions
Preset values
Relay indication for Fault LCD
RF04-B Vx-y Mx
conditions Dis: 420V
RF04-B2
Hys: 405V
Vx-y Min
Dimensions Dis: 380V
Hys: 395V
60
49 LCD VDC Mx
35 26,1 RF04-DC Dis: 140V
Hys: 132V
1 2 3 4 5 6 VDC Min
Hys: 115V
Dis: 105V
68,6
90
45
NETWORK
CONTROL
RF04
OK
7 8 9 10 11 12
www.gave.com 253
Current monitoring
RCT
Over/under current relay
Selectable function over/under current control relay to electronically
monitor electrical and mechanical loads such as motors.
• Usable for DC current and AC current autorecognized
• Supply is not galvanically separated from measured current, it must be
in the same phase.
• Adjustable tripping time delay from 0,1 to 10 sec.
• Multivoltage
• Current range setting accuracy 5%
• Hysteresis 5%
• Electrical insulation 4kV
References Width (modules) Current range Voltage

RCT-5 17,5mm (1) 0.25 - 5A 24VDC / 24-240VAC
RCT-16 17,5mm (1) 0.8 - 16A 24VDC / 24-240VAC
Dimensions Operational diagram
17,5
64
60
Function H
I set
Hysteresis
50
RCT-5
Iset
(%)
25 75
10 100 A1-B1
Delay 4 6
(sec.)
2 8
98
U
0 10
Func.
L H
U R
*R
18 T
15
16
Signalling
Function L
R U Status
Voltage Hysteresis
presence I set
I input is <I set.

and relay is off
A1-B1
I input is >I set.
and relay is on U
ON OFF BLINK
*R
18 T T
15
16
254
Control relays
Temperature monitoring
RTM
Motor Temperature Relay
Electronic control relay providing thermal protection using external PTC
sensor to monitor motor overheating due to overload condition. Relay
monitors probe short circuit and line break (wire broken).
• Compact size width 1 module (17,5 mm)
• Consumption: 2,5VA
• Output contacts breaking capacity: 8A / 250V AC cos φ =1
• Sensor PTC according to DIN 44081 total resistance R1+R2+RN <1.5 kΩ
• Tripping resistance 3.2kΩ +-10%
• Reset resistance 1.9kΩ +-10%
• Manual or automatic reset
• 3 operating modes: normal, memory, and test
References Width (modules) Voltage

RTM 17,5mm (1) 230 V
RTM-24 17,5mm (1) 24VAC/DC
Dimensions Operational diagram

64
17,5 U
60
Reset
11K
RTM
3200
ON OFF
mem
s. test
1900
98
reset
50
0
U R
18
15
16
Signalling
MEM
R U Status
Voltage TEST
presence
Relay contact
closed
ON OFF BLINK
www.gave.com 255
Timers
Managing time is an essential need
on contemporary world. We
require reliable time control on
multiple functions that surround
our daily live.
We have made simplicity our major
advantage on electronic timers.
With two unique models we are
covering your timing needs.
LED
Direct setting
Frontal direct setting
indication
of function, time scale Indicates relay
and fine adjustment operational status and
offer straight reading blinks to signal
on timer operation. elapsed time.
On product
information
Wiring, relay
characteristics and
timing diagrams
located on side of relay.
Connecting
terminals
EMC testing Easy access on cage
Reinforced EMC testing clamp terminals on
conducted on harsh tightening and release
environment conditions. installation operations.
256
Timers
 Simplicity
Timer rotary
potentiometers
accessible on the front
face, easy setting with
direct reading.
Our products are multivoltage and Timers have been developed to  Accuracy
Advanced mechanics
multifunctional thus limiting the withstand harsh conditions
know-how is applied on
number of references to be following electrical endurance and
frontal rotary switches
managed while keeping with its climatic testing. EMC testing has
that are produced with
functionality and easy setting. been conducted above standard specific plastics
Adjustment is always available levels in order to guarantee particularly resistant to
front face. Furthermore the timer positive operation on temperature changes.
perfectly fits on different installation electromagnetic polluted Consequently we
environments due to its modular environments safeguarding time minimise setting
shape 17,5mm 1 module width. control functionality. tolerances thus
achieving high accuracy.
 Control
Independent Start input
contact enlarges
number of timer
possible operations and
associated control
Applications functionalities.
• Lighting controls • Machinery

• Ventilation • Commercial lights
 Safety
Board insulation
• Access control • Buzzer alarms
distances have been set
• Automation process • Machinery above standard
requirements
preventing arcing and
increasing operational
safety.
 Firmware
 Signalling
Large flexibility on control On/Off led indication on
specific requirements by the front face informs
integrating programmable about relay status,
EEPROM memory. blinking led indicates
Customised products to elapsed time and
particular market and OEM forecasts relay
needs. changeover operation.
www.gave.com 257
Multifunctional timers
TM01
Multifunctional Timer
Multi-voltage and multi-function timer with four basic operational
functions and six selectable time ranges by frontal rotary selector.
• Working temperature: -10º + 55ºC
• Supply: 24-230V AC, 50/60Hz - 24V DC
• Power consumption: 1,7W / 3VA
• Output changeover relay AC1:
5A, 250V
DC1: 5A, 24V
AC15: 3A, 250V
DC13: 2A, 24V
Time ranges
1S from 0,1 sec. to 1 sec.
10S from 1 sec. to 10 sec.
Dimensions 1M from 0,1 min. to 1 min.
54 10M from 1 min. to 10 min.
17,5 43
20,4 1HOUR from 10 min. to 1 hour
10HOURS from 1 hour to 10 hours
4 5 6
Assembly
modes
OFF
A
B
C
D
F E
6
8 10
• Connection with protected wire clamps

68,6
4
90
45
2 0,1
ON
max. time
1s
10s
1m
Signalling
10m
TM01
10h 1h
• 2 indicating LED for output relay and operation status

• Elapsed time indication by blinking LED
1 2 3

TM01 17,5mm (1) 24-230V AC / 24V DC
TM01-12DC 17,5mm (1) 12V DC
TM01-DC 17,5mm (1) 127V DC ± 20%
258
Timers
Operational functions
supply On delay
signal
Supply voltage is on. Set delay time starts when “Start” signal is on. Output
relay energizes after the timing period. Reset to zero occurs when
output
disconnecting supply or after a new “Start” connection when the time cycle
timing is finished.
supply Interval timer

Supply voltage is on. When connecting “Start” the output relay energizes,
signal
after the timing period output relay de-energizes. Reset to zero occurs
output
when disconnecting supply or after a new “Start” connection when the
timing time cycle is finished.
supply Interval on Make/Break

Supply voltage is on. When making or breaking “Start” output relay
signal
energises until set time is reached. Any signal change in “Start” will reset
output
timing to zero.
timing
supply Off Delay

signal
Supply voltage is on. When connecting “Start” output relay energises. When
“Start” breaks timing period will start. At the end of timing period output
output
relay will de-energize. When “Start” breaking occurs during timing period
timing timer ill reset timing to zero.
supply Equal cycling, OFF cycle first

Supply voltage is on. When making “Start” the output remains
signal
de-energized during the set timing period. A cyclic mode does continue
output
with energizing and de-energizing periods according to the set time. Timer
timing will reset to zero when supply is removed.
supply Equal cycling, ON cycle first

signal Supply voltage is on. When making “Start” the output relay will energize
during the set timing period. A cyclic mode does continue with
output
de-energizing and energiznig periods according to the set timing. Timer
timing
will reset to zero when supply is removed.
www.gave.com 259
Multifunctional timers
TM02
Cycling Timer
Multi-voltage and multi-function timer with three operating modes by
lateral DIP and six time ranges by frontal rotary selector.
• Working temperature: -10º + 55ºC
• Supply: 24-230V AC, 50/60Hz - 24V DC
• Power consumption: 1,7W / 3VA
• Output changeover relay AC1: 5A, 250V
DC1: 5A, 24V
AC15: 3A, 250V
DC13: 2A, 24V
Time ranges
1S from 0,1 sec. to 1 sec.
10S from 1 sec. to 10 sec.
1M from 0,1 min. to 1 min.
Dimensions 10M from 1 min. to 10 min.
1HOUR from 10 min. to 1 hour
54
17,5 43 10HOURS from 1 hour to 10 hours
20,4
4 5 6 References Width (modules) Voltage supply

TM02 17,5mm (1) 24-230V AC / 24V DC
B
A
C
OFF
F
8
E
10
D
TM02-12DC 17,5mm (1) 12V DC
6
68,6
90
4
45
2 0,1
8 10
6
4
2 0,1
Function Modes Function A: Asymmetrical re-cycling, OFF cycle first
10s
ON 1s
1m
10m
10h
TM02 1h
Function B: Asymmetrical re-cycling, ON cycle first
1 2 3
Function C: Asymmetrical cycling, OFF/ON
Operational functions
Function A: Asymmetrical re-cycling, OFF cycle first

supply
When supply voltage is on, set delay time (T1) starts. Output relay energizes when reaches T1
output
then starts the 2nd timing. Output relay (T2) de-energizes after the timing period the cycle
timing re-starts. T1 and T2 are regulated independently. Timer will reset to zero when supply is removed.
Function B: Asymmetrical re-cycling, ON cycle first

supply When supply voltage is on set delay time starts the 1st timing period, output is energized. When
output the time cycle (T1) is finished output relay T2 energizes and starts the 2nd timing period. When
timing
the time cycle (T2) is finished the cycle re-starts. T1 and T2 are regulated independently. Timer
will reset to zero when supply is removed.
supply
Function C: Asymmetrical cycling, OFF/ON
When supply voltage is on the 1st timing period (T1) starts. After finishing the first period output
output
relay energizes and the 2nd timing period (T2) starts. After finishing the second period output
timing relay de-energizes until the supply is removed.
260
Timers
Star-delta timers
TMETR
Star Delta timers
Modular star delta timer are an ideal solution on those start up motor
applications where we need a modular space saving timer with time
adjustment.
• Star-delta timer
• 2 output relay 1 pole changeover contacts
• Transition delay time adjustable from 20to 300 ms.
• Star time delay adjustable from 6 to 60s
• Led indicator for relay transition
• Energizing at the end of time delay
• Compact width 17,5 mm 1 module
• Consumption: 3 VA
• Switching capacity: AC1: 5A / 250V AC15: 3A / 250V
DC1: 5A / 24V DC13: 2A / 24V

TMETR 17,5mm (1) 230V AC / 24 AC/DC
Operational diagram
Time
18
15
16
Time
28 Transfer
25
26
Dimensions
17,5 64
60
TMTR
t (s) 30
15 45
6 60
98
t (ms) 150
80 230
20 300
U R
www.gave.com 261
Surge protective devices
«Advanced technology for people and

equipment protection against surge and
temporary overvoltages»
Surge protective devices (SPD) are equipped with thermal Operating principle
developed to meet overvoltage disconnector and associated to
PST surge protectors are based on
protection needs for low voltage specific gas discharge tubes GDT.
zinc metal-oxide varistors (MOV),
networks. These overvoltages are
the best compromise between a
mainly generated by lightning. According to standards
fast response time (<25 ns) and a
They provide common/differential • IEC 61643-11 high discharge current capacity,
protection. • EN 61643-11 which are the main parameters to
The electrical scheme on PST are provide efficient protection.
based on high energy varistors
262
Product overview
SPD Type I Permanent overvoltage
protection
PST4B100
4 modules compact
design PSP-3
2 modules permanent
overvoltage
protection
PSTxA
Class 1+2AC Surge
protector PV SPD
SPD Type II PSTxxxPV

Type I and type II
PSTCxx
Compact design
SPD Type III
(telecom and data lines)
PSTxxx
Standard design DLP
Plug-in moduIes
Other surge protectors
RJP/RJR, VMP, USP...
Surge protection is highly • Continuous operation and

improved by combining varistors power quality (no follow
with a specific gas discharge tubes current)
(GDT). Nevertheless the end of life of
Improved performance is these varistors must be absolutely
specifically attested in: monitored thus requiring the
• Protection level (Up) systematic use of built-in thermal
V : Varistor
• Life duration (due to the disconnection devices. Ft : Thermal fuse
t˚ : Thermal disconnection
suppression of leakage current) C : Remote signaling contact
www.gave.com 263
About surge protection
Coordination of surge protectors

Common and
In order to provide maximum withstand level capability of
protection efficiency, it is necessary protected equipment.
differential mode
to create a «coordination» protection
• Long distance (greater than
diagram, that means installation Lightning surges occur
30m) of wire between
of a «primary» SPD at the network essentially between active
equipment to be protected and
entrance and a «secondary» close conductors and earth. A live
primary SPD: Reduction of
to sensitive equipment. conductor not only refers to
ringing voltages created during the phase conductors but also
This association is required in the 2 the surge transmission. to the neutral conductor. These
following cases : overvoltages are protected on
Efficient SPD coordination is
Common mode.
• High sensitivity equipment: performed by including between
Differential overvoltages can
Voltage protection level upstream primary and secondary SPDs a occur between live conductors
is too high with regards to minimum length of wire (> 10m). when we are operating on a
TT earthing system. It can also
L1 L2 < 10 m appear on TN-S earthing systems
Ph
if there is a significant length
difference between PE and N
P2 P3 cables. The standard IEC 60364
allows combination of protection
between phases and neutral
(differential mode) and between
neutral and ground (common
P2 : Primary surge protector
P3 : Secondary surge protector mode) this type of mounting is
L1 : Length of conductor between surge protector named “CT2 connection”.
L2 : Length of conductor between surge protector and installation
World lightning density map (Ng)

The level Ng defines the
number of impacts year per
km2 in a region. Nk keraunic
Level defines the number
of lightning days per year.
These two parameters are
connected by an approximate
rate: Ng=Nk/10. The highest
ratings are in the tropics and
mountainous areas.
Source: NASA OTD (4/95-3/00) and LIS (1/98-2/03)
264
Surge protectors
Type of surge protectors parameters
The AC power surge protectors are split into 3 categories by IEC 61643-11
and EN 61643-11 standards. These different categories depend on the Surge protectors are
defined by a series of
location of the surge protector in the AC network and on the external
electrical specifications
conditions. which will help the user to
• Type I select the right protection
Type 1 surge protectors are designed to be installed where a direct specific to their installation:
lightning strike risk is high, especially when the building is equipped
with external lightning protection system (LPS or lightning rod).  Uc Operating voltage
The maximum continuous
In this situation, EN 61643-11 and IEC 61643-11 standards require the operating voltage (MCOV) Uc
Class I test to be applied to surge protectors: this test is characterized by is the maximum r.m.s voltage
which may be applied
the injection of 10/350μs impulse current in order to simulate the direct continuously to the SPD.
lightning strike consequence.
Therefore these Type 1 surge protectors must be especially powerful to  Imax Maximum
conduct this high energy impulse current. discharge current
Applicable to Type 2 SPD, is
• Type II the maximum impulse
Type 2 surge protectors are designed to be installed at the beginning of current 8/20μs a surge
protector can withstand
the installation, in the main switchboard, or close to sensitive terminals, without destruction.
on installations without LPS (lightning rods).
These protectors are tested following the Class II test from IEC61643-  In Nominal discharge
11 or EN61643-11 standards and based on 8/20μs impulse current current
injection. Is the level of impulse current
a surge protector Type 1 or
Type 2 can withstand
• Type III
repeatedly (15 surges)
In case of very sensitive or remote equipment, secondary stage of surge without destruction.
protectors is required: these low energy SPDs could be Type 2 or Type 3.
Type 3 SPDs are tested with a combination waveform (1,2/50μs - 8/20μs)  Iimp Impulse current
Applicable to Type 1 SPDs, is
following Class III test. the maximum impulse
10/350μs current a surge
protector can withstand
without destruction.
Applications  Up Protection level

The maximum voltage on the
surge protector output when
subjected to an impulse
current equivalent to its
nominal discharge current
(In). Therefore this parameter
characterizes the
performance of the SPD in
limiting the transient
Public services (street Farming installation Emergency systems Industrial processes overvoltage across its
lights, telecoms, when affecting animal (emergency lights, requiring continuity terminal in order to protect
police,..) safety. security alarms, CCTV,..) (Food processing, the equipment.
chemical, pharmacy,..)
www.gave.com 265

Type I
Compact Class I protector
PST4B100
The PST4B100 is a compact Class I This protection is based on
Surge Protector Device designed combining high discharge capacity
MOV varistors with specific GDT
to be connected at the entrance
providing common and differential
of the electrical installation on
mode protection. This technology
3-Phase networks. This device allows the best performance with
provides efficient protection no follow current neither leakage
against direct and indirect effects current, while achieving an
elevated (Up) level of protection.
of lightning phenomena on
This SPD draws attention for its
electrical networks. This protection
CT SIZE extremely modular compact size,
O M P A is specially adequate on those

easy to install on DIN rail, and for
C buildings endowed with lightning its individual visual indicator on
rods or LPS systems. each phase.
Reference Description Width (Modules) Imax

PST4B100 4 poles 3Ph+N 4 100 kA
Mechanical characteristics
Description Value
Connection By screw terminals: 6-35mm2
Disconnection indicator Red light indicators
Mounting Symmetrical rail 35mm
Operating temperature -40/ +85º C
Protection class IP20
Housing material Thermoplastic UL94-V0
Standards compliance
IEC 61643-11 International Low Voltage SPD Test Class I
EN 61643-11 Europe Low Voltage SPD Test Class I
Technology
Using in the same pole MOVs and dedicated Gas discharge
tubes combines the advantages of both technologies
obtaining high discharge capacity with
high level of protection Up in a compact product
size.
The protector behaviour adapts to the network
and provides stability against network
disturbances.
266
Electrical characteristics
Description Value
Network V 230/400 V TT, TN
Protection modes Common and differential
Max. operating voltage Uc 255 Vac
Temporary overvoltage withstand Ut 450 Vac
Operating current (leakage current at Uc) Ic None
Discharge currents
In / Imax 40 kA / 100 kA
(15 impulses and 1 max. stand. 8/20 μs)
Max. lightning current by pole
Iimp 25 kA
(1 impulse 10/350 μs)
Total lightning current (1 impulse 10/350 μs) Itotal 50 kA
Residual voltage (at In) Up-In 1.1 kV
Protection level (at In) Up 1.5 kV
Dimensions
70
67 extra compact size
L1 L2 L3 N
(up to 50% space saving)
90
70
110-140
Electrical diagram Installation scheme

L1 L2 L3 N Main swichtboard
L1
L2
L3
N
Ft Ft Ft F F F F
GN
G G G
V V V
V : High-energy varistor network PE
G : Heavy duty GDT

GN : Heavy duty N/PE GDT Ground
Ft : Thermal fuse
MI : Disconnection indicator
www.gave.com 267

Type I+II
Type 1+2AC Surge protector
PSTxA
The range of Surge protectors The product is able to offer
PSTxA is an ideal product for those excellent endurance characteristics
heavy duty installations that need and has the advantage of using a
to offer high discharge capacity pluggable module system. Module
and good Up protection level. It end of life is indicated in a frontal
is a cost effective solution that fills window leading to selective
the gap between expensive Class module replacement. Remote
I extreme protection products and signalling is also available as an
Class II medium protection. option.
Width Remote
Reference Description Iimp In Imax
(modules) signalling
PST2A50 1Ph+N 2 12.5 kA 20 kA 40 kA
PST2A50T 1Ph+N 2 12.5 kA 20 kA 40 kA 
PST4A50 3Ph+N 4 12.5 kA 20 kA 40 kA
PST4A50T 3Ph+N 4 12.5 kA 20 kA 40 kA 
Replacement modules
Reference Description Iimp In Imax

PSTA50-230 Phase module 12.5 kA 20 kA 50 kA
PSTA50-230N Neutral module 50 kA 80 kA 100 kA
Earthing systems
Four earthing systems exist differentiated by connection of the
neutral to ground and connection of the exposed conductive parts
(equipment earthing) to earth or neutral. The
earthing systems are IT, TT, TN-C and TN-S.
Different earthing systems require dedicated

protector devices with specific electrical schemes
and particular electrical characteristics.
268
Description PST2A50 PST4A50

Network 230/400 V 120/208 V
Connection mode L/N or N/PE L/N or N/PE
Max. AC operating voltage Uc 255 Vac 150 Vac
Temporary Over Voltage (TOV) UT 335 Vac withstand 180 Vac withstand
Characteristics - 5 sec.
Temporary Over Voltage (TOV) UT 440 Vac 230 Vac
Characteristics - 120mn disconnection disconnection
Residual current - Leakage current at Uc Ipe < 1 mA < 1 mA
Follow current If None None
Nominal discharge current - 15 x 8/20 ìs In 20 kA 20 kA
impulses
Max. discharge current -max. withstand @ Imax 50 kA 50 kA
8/20 ìs by pole
Impulse current by pole - max. withstand Iimp 12,5 kA 12,5 kA
10/350ìs
Specific energy by pole W/R 40 kJ/ohm 40 kJ/ohm
Protection level Up 1,5 kV 1,5 kV
Admissible short-circuit current Isccr 25000 A 25000 A
Total discharge current Itotal 25 kA 50 kA
Dimensions
36 72 82
L N L1 L2 L3 N
90
9
44
74.8
Electrical diagram
PST2A50 PST4A50
LN 1L 2 L3 N
MI MI MI MI
Ft Ft Ft Ft V: High energy MOV
t° t° t° t° GSG: Specific gas tube
GSG GSG
Mi: Disconnection indicator
Ft: Thermal fuse
C C
t°: Thermal disconnection mechanism
C: Contact for remote signal
12
11
14
12
11
14
www.gave.com 269

Type II
Compact surge protector devices According to standards • DIN rail mounting:

(SPD) are developed to meet Direct mounting on
• IEC 61643-11
overvoltage protection needs for symmetrical DIN rail acc. to
• EN 61643-11
single phase low voltage networks.
• UL1449 ed. 2 EN 60715.
These overvoltages are mainly • Mechanical coding:
generated by lightening although General characteristics Plug-in modules and
also industrial changeovers and • Modules easy replacement: modular bases are
network failures. Plug-in modules easy and mechanically coded and
SPDs provide common/differential quick to replace at the end
protection. prevent wrong module
of protection life.
replacement.
The electrical scheme on • Visual indicator:
• Marking:
overvoltage SPD are based on Green colour indicates
correct operation and red Terminals clearly marked for
high energy varistors equipped
with thermal disconnector and a colour indicates module easy wiring. Modules
specific gas discharge tube GDT. replacement. marked with reference and
• Remote signalling: electrical data.
Protectors are built with plug-in Operational status on the
• Modular construction:
modules with failure indicator and protection is constantly
a din rail fixed block base, which Designed to fit on modular
supervised by floating
allows an easy and quick module changeover contact that enclosures with frontal
replacement on maintenance will activate if module 45mm window and 17,5mm
operations. changes status. modules.
270
PSTCxx PST2xx PST4xx

Description PSTC15 PSTC440 PSTC440T PST215 PST240 PST240T PST415 PST440 PST440T
Network (V) 230/400V 230/400V 230/400V 230 230 230 230/400 230/400 230/400
Max. Operating voltage (Uc) 255 275 V~ 275 V~ 275 V~ 275 V~ 275 V~ 275 V~
Follow current (If ) 5 kA None None None None None None
Nominal discharge current 5 kA 20 kA 20 kA 5 kA 20 kA 20 kA
15 x 8/20μs impulses
Max. Discharge current (Imax) 15 kA 20 kA 20 kA 15 kA 40 kA 40 kA 15 kA 40 kA 40 kA
Protection level N/PE (at In) 1,5/1,25kV Imax 1,5 kV 1,5 kV 1,5 kV 1,5 kV 1,5 kV
(Up)
Protection level L/N (at In) 1,5/0,9kV 0,9 kV 1,25 kV 1,25 kV 0,9 kV 1,25 kV 1,25 kV
(Up)
Residual voltage at 5kA 0,9 kV 0,9 kV 0,9 kV 0,9 kV 0,9 kV 0,9 kV 0,9 kV
Protection modes
Common • • • • • •
Differential • • • • • •
Remote signalling - • - - •
Remote indication Connection
In watch Default 2-2,5Nm
Stranded wire
min: 2,5 mm2
12 14 11 12 14 11 10 mm max: 16 mm2
Flexible wire
Min: 12 V DC, 10 mA
Max: 250 V AC, 1 A min: 2,5 mm2
10 mm max: 25 mm2
www.gave.com 271
Surge protective devices Type II
Compact protectors
PSTCxx range
Gave offers a new surge protector range designed to be installed on main
switchboards that highlights on its compact size saving 50% of space
compared to conventional protectors.
Width Remote
Reference Description In Imax
PSTC15 1Ph+N 1 5 kA 15 kA
PSTC440 3Ph+N 2 20 kA 40 kA
PSTC440T 3Ph+N 2 20 kA 40 kA 
Replacement modules

PC-15 Phase + neutral 5 kA 15 kA
PSTC-40 Phase + neutral 20 kA 40 kA
PSTC-40G Phase + phase 20 kA 40 kA
Dimensions 18 36 67
L1 N L1 L2 L3 N
ACT SIZE
COMP
90
9
44
60.8
Electrical diagram
PSTC15 PSTC440/440T
L(L) N(N) L1 L2 L3 N
14
11
12
Ft Ft Ft Ft
MI t° t° MI t°
t° MI
V : High energy MOV

GDT : Gas discharge tube
C Ft : Thermal fuse
t° : Thermal disconnection mechanism
12
11
14
C : Contact for remote signal (Optional)
272
PST2xx and PST4xx range

Gave offers a complete modular Class II range of SPD that distinguishes
on its high discharge capacity, plug-in modular cartridges with thermal
disconnection visual indicator, and the possibility of remote signalling.
Width Remote
PST215 1Ph+N 2 5 kA 15 kA
PST240 1Ph+N 2 20 kA 40 kA
PST240T 1Ph+N 2 20 kA 40 kA 
PST415 3Ph+N 4 5 kA 15 kA
PST440 3Ph+N 4 20 kA 40 kA
PST440T 3Ph+N 4 20 kA 40 kA 
Replacement modules
PST-15 Phase module (MOV) 5 kA 15 kA
PST-40 Phase module (MOV) 20 kA 40 kA
PST-N Neutral (GDT) 20 kA 40 kA
Dimensions
36 72 67
Electrical diagram
PST2xx
L N L L L N
L N
Ft MI
t°
90
GSG
C
12
11
14
PST4xx
10,6
44
L1 L2 L3 N
60,8
Ft MI Ft MI Ft MI
t° t° t°
GSG
C
12
11
14
V : High energy MOV

GDT : Gas discharge tube
Ft : Thermal fuse
t° : Thermal disconnection mechanism
C : Contact for remote signal (Optional)
www.gave.com 273
Permanent overvoltage protection
Protection against permanent ground as we are dealing with required on those installations with
or temporary overvoltages large time scale overvoltages. unstable networks showing regular
(TOV) require disconnecting the Temporary overvoltages are fluctuations and power cuts.
equipments from the installation. typically due to neutral fault in the
We can not shunt temporary to network and protection is specially
PSP-3 for three phase networks

Protector PSP-3 does actuate by the means of the output relay on the
shunt trip coil of the breaking element (MCB or MCCB). This permanent
overvoltage protector distinguishes by integrating a voltage free auxiliary
contact for external signalling. The protector does also offer test mode
operation for commissioning and maintenance purposes.
PSP3 3 Phase + Neutral
PSP3Z 3 Phase + Neutral with buzzer
Highlights:
Installation diagram Electrical diagram
 Signalling
Phase led blinking signals L1 L2 L3 N
ZUMBADOR
permanent overvoltage, led off

Z60L24R
U<
E
signals phase failure.
2A/30Vdc
COM
 Auxiliary output 1
1 2
2
3 4 5 6
2A/30Vdc
0,5A/125Vac
The protector has a built in 1 2 3 4 5 6

voltage free auxiliary contact for
ON TEST
external signalling, alarm, PLC

7 8 9 10 11 12
L1
communication, ... L2
L3
PSP-3
L3 L2 L1 N
 Test mode 400V/50Hz
7 8 9 10 11 12
Selecting test mode by the means L1 L2 L3 N PSP3

of a frontal rotary switch the relay
will operate on the shunt trip coil N N
while leds will indicate that we are

E
U<
on test mode.
M
2A/30Vdc
Technical characteristics OFF 0
0,5A/125Vac
BOBINA
1 2 3 4 5 6
Description Value
Operating voltage (Un) 230V~
7 8 9 10 11 12
Tripping voltage (Ulimit) 255-265V~
Tripping time (t) 3s L3 L2 L1 N
Tripping voltage (Ulimit) >265V~ 400V/50Hz
L1 L2 L3 N
Tripping time (t) 0,8s PSP3Z
274
Operating diagrams
Minimum coil mode Emission coil mode
L2/N L2/N
350V 350V
275V 275V
255V 255V
200V t 200V t
175V 175V
t1 t1
M t E t
U<
4-5 4-6
t t
Aux Aux
t t
1s 1s 1s 1s
3-4 3-4
L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2 L2
LEDs L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 LEDs L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3 L3
Signalling
Combined protections
Permanent Three phase installation Gave offers a complete range of
overvoltage
L1 L2 L3 N
combined solutions that warrant
Permanent overvoltage on
blinking phases. Relay and flexible installation and easy
auxiliary contact closed. maintenance.
2A/30Vdc
1 2
1s
1 2 3 4 5 6
 Flexibility
The protector is installed upon space
E M
availability on the panel. Easy to

U<
L1 TEST
place transient protection close to

!
L2 Ua = 275
Un = 230
Wrong connection PSP3

L3 L3 L2
7 9
L1 N
11 12
the earth connection.

Neutral wrong connection. Does
not distinguish connection 7
L1
8 9
L2
10 11
L3 N
12
 Remote signalling
between L1,L2 and L3. This
Protectors are equipped with remote
condition during an extended
period will damage the device. signalling. We can distinguish if we
Remake connection. have transient or temporary/
1s
permanent overvoltage condition.
 Maintenance
OFF 0
BOBINA
Dimensions
Friendly maintenance. When a
60 transient varistor protection ends its
49
35 26,1 F
live we only need to replace this
F
F phase cartridge remaining other
1 2 3 4 5 6
F
L1 L2 L3 N
modules operative.
F
L1 L2 L3 L4 F
F
ON TEST
L1 L2 L3 N
rojo/red: replace rojo/red: replace rojo/red: replace N/PE
68,6
L1
90
PST-40 PST-40 PST-40 PST-N

45
Uc 250V Uc 250V Uc 250V Uc 400V

L1 L2 L3 N
In 20kA In 20kA In 20kA In 20kA
L2 T2 Imax 40kA T2 Imax 40kA T2 Imax 40kA T2 Imax 40kA
Up 1.5V Up 1.5V Up 1.5V Up 1.5V
Un 230V Un 230V Un 230V
L3 Rojo/Red: replace Rojo/Red: replace
PSTC-40 PSTC-40G
EN61643-11 IEC61643-1 EN61643-11 IEC61643-1 EN61643-11 IEC61643-1 EN61643-11 IEC61643-1 Uc 255 V Uc 255 V
Un 230 V Un 230 V
In 20 kA In 20 kA
T2 Imax 40 kA T2 Imax 40 kA
PSP-3 Up 1.5/1.25 kV Up 1.5/1.25 kV
EN61643-11 EN61643-11
IEC61643-1 IEC61643-1
7 8 9 10 11 12
PST4XX
L1 L2 L3 N Also with compact version
www.gave.com 275
PV Surge protective devices
Photovoltaic installations typically Using surge protection devices we According to standards

require extended surface areas avoid system failures and take full
advantage on the system
 IEC 61643-11/ EN 61643-11
therefore being particularly
operation thus maximising General characteristics
exposed to lightning effects and
production and profitability.
consequent occasioned surges.  Modular DIN rail mounting.
Damages caused by lightning
Surge protector devices discharge  High discharge capacity.
peak transient overvoltages that  Visual indicator on the device.
surges will diminish system travel on the line cable conductors  Replaceable.
performance and shorten originated by atmosphere
equipment lifecycle. lightning.
PV Surge protection devices

Type I + II
Class I surge protector devices are recommended at both end of the DC
power supply line. Due to its extraordinary high discharge capacity they
are recommended to be used on installations with elevated risk of direct
lightning strikes.
Reference Description Width (modules)

PST41PV 1000Vdc 4
Technical characteristics
Description Values
Max. Operating voltage Uc 1000VDC
Nominal discharge current (15 impulses 8/20μs) In 40 kA
Max. Lightning current by pole (1 impulse 10/350μs) limp 12,5 kA
Electrical diagram Residual voltage (at Iimp) Ures 1.9 kV
Protection level (at In) Up 2,4 kV
GSG: Gas-filled spark gap
V : High energy MOV Remote signalling Yes
Mi : Disconnection indicator
Ft : Thermal fuse 72 70
t° : Thermal disconnection mechanism Dimensions
C : Contact for remote signal
+ -
+ -
Ft MI Ft Ft MI
MI
t° t° t°
90
GSG GSG
C
12
11
14
276
PV Surge protection devices

Type II
Class II surge protection devices are developed to meet overvoltage
protection needs for PV photovoltaic installations that are characterised
by long cable lengths. These units must be installed in parallel on the DC
networks.
The electrical diagram is based on high energy MOVs equipped with
specific thermal disconnectors and related failure indicators.
Reference Description Width (modules) Remote signalling

PST25PV 500Vdc 2
PST25PVT 500Vdc 2 
PST31PV 1000Vdc 3
PST31PVT 1000Vdc 3 
Electrical diagram Replacement modules

PST25PV -
+ Reference Description
MI
PV-40 1 Pole 40kA (Imax)
Ft
o
t
V V Technical characteristics
C
Description PST25PV PST31PV
Max. Operating voltage Uc 550VDC 1000VDC
Nominal discharge current In 20 kA 20 kA
PST31PV + - Maximum discharge current Imax 40 kA 40 kA
Protection level (at In) Up 2,2 kV 3 kV
Ft MI Remote signalling Ref. PST25PVT Ref. PST31PVT
o
t
V V V
Dimensions
36 54 67
C
V : High energy MOV

+ - + -
Ft : Thermal fuse
t° : Thermal disconnection
mechanism
C : Contact for remote signal
90
(Optional)
www.gave.com 277
Surge protectors for telecom and data lines

Type III
Class III surge protectors are DLP protections combine gas
designed to protect, against discharger tubes and fast clamping
transient voltages telecom lines, diodes in order to provide high
data lines, automation PLCs and discharge current capability and
industrial buses. These elements fast operation. These protections
are characterised for their high are installed on symmetrical
sensitiveness and the elevated cost DIN rails and are equipped with
that any overvoltages can cause on removable modules for easy
the equipment to be protected. maintenance (line continuity in
case of plug-in module removal).
Reference Use
DLP-170 Phone line
DLP-48P1 ISDN-T0 48V Line
DLP-12P1 RS232
DLP-06P1 RS422 RS485
Dimensions Electrical diagram

Line Plug-in
module
13 65 DLAM
R
Ligne 1 1 Equipt
1 2 P D
DLPM R
Módulo enchufable 2 2
90
Plug-in module PB
1 2
Earth possible
Device on rail DIN
Description DLP-170 DLP-48P1 DLP-24P1 DLP-12P1

Network RTC / ADSL RDSI 4-20mA RS485
Configuration 1 pair+shield 1 pair+shield 1 pair+shield 1 pair+shield
Nominal line voltage
150 V 48 V 24 V 12 V
(Un)
Max. Line voltage (Uc) 170 V 53 V 28 V 15 V
Max. Line current (IL) 300 mA 300 mA 300 mA 300 mA
Max. Frequence >10 MHz >3 MHz >3 MHz >3 MHz
Protection level (Up) 220 V 70 V 40 V 30 V
Nominal discharge cur-
5 kA 5 kA 5 kA 5 kA
rent (In)
Max. Discharge current
20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
(Imax)
Spare module DLM-170 DLM-48P1 DLM-24P1 DLM-12P1
278
Other surge protectors
RJP / RJR
Protection for IT networks are designed to fit on existing installations. So
protections usually come with network connectors and are available in
individual format for computer terminal protection or 19” rack mounting
patch panel for hub protection. The most widespread network connector
on the market is RJ45 which is also commonly used for ADSL line
protection.
Protectors for computer networks are designed to operate in high speed
signal networks (up to 1 Gbit/s on Category 6 networks).
VMP
The protection of video-transmission lines (video surveillance) are
frequently subject to voltage surges, especially because those networks are
generally very large. To secure these facilities, it is advised to install
adapted protections on the terminal units (video cameras) and central
surveillance station.
There are three modes of transmission in surveillance Networks; coaxial
cable transmission, video transmission over IP and PoE (power over
Ethernet) transmission. On the IP setting we must consider power supply
on the protector while on PoE setting it is not necessary.
USP
The USP range of protectors was specifically developed to adapt to the
standards, networks and installation conditions of north, central and south
American electrical networks.
They are supplied in Nema 4 robust metal boxes. They are available in
various discharge capacities (Imax = 80, 100, 160 and 200kA) for different
types of network. In addition to the discharge capacity it also does provide
EMI / RFI filter characteristics. In accordance with standard UL1449 Issue 3,
safety of operation it is ensured by internal safety elements, connected to
external fault luminous (LEDs) and audible (buzzer) indicators.
www.gave.com 279
282 Control and signalling devices
284 Compact indicator and operator units

285 Pilot lights and buzzers
287 Operators
288 Signal tower lights

290 References
291 Dimensions
Control and
signalling devices
Control and
signalling devices
Control
and signalling
devices
A simple and reliable range of
control and signalling devices
designed for easy indication,
warning and alarm interface on
your machine constructions.
General characteristics  IEC 60204-1

Safety of machinery -
Energy Electrical equipment of
Materials machines
High performance efficiency
plastic materials can LED technology Standard IEC 60204-1
withstand high assures
temperatures and offer environmentally
establishes the general
excellent impact friendly optimised requirements on safe
strength. energy consumption. machinery design
including operator
interface and machine
Brightness mounted control
High intensity LED and devices. Pilot and tower
homogeneous pure lights are used to attract
colours provide
indication visibility worker attention and
even in outdoor operators are used to
environments.
command machine
actions. Colour codes are
defined at table 4.
Protection Audible devices

Protection on Where higher priority
connection against indication is necessary,
direct finger contact
IP2X and up to IP65 audible warning devices
when mounted should be provided.
according to IEC 60529
282
Control and
signalling devices
 Indication
Inform operators and
Compact pilot lights Compact operators
personnel nearby the
Integrated Multi-led technology High sonority Ø 22,5mm panel
with two fixing sizes Ø 16,5mm machine or panel
fixing buzzers.
and 22,5mm. about the machine
status or process
Pushbuttons
position.
Multi-LED Pilots
 Warning
Selector switches The signalling device
Bicolor warns the machine
worker about a
situation outside the
Emergency mushrooms normal operating
Buzzers
limit but within
High sonority Ø 22,5mm panel
acceptable error
fixing buzzers.
margin and that
Tower lights
requires situation
Buzzers Modular compact size Ø 50mm
monitoring or actuate
tower lights with integrated LED.
the operator for
corrective action.
Buzzers with light LED signalling
tower lights
 Alarm
Machine operation in
abnormal condition
that requires highest
priority indication
Applications and immediate
• Machinery • Material handling operator reaction, a
• Automation equipment • Electronic equipment dangerous situation
• Control panels might be associated.
www.gave.com 283
Control and
signalling devices
Compact indicator
and operator units
«Easy to install indicators and operators

for modern and reliable automation»
The pilot lights and buzzer
indicators are intended to be
installed on control panels and The Gave compact indicators and • Cold light no longer generates
machines in order to keep workers operators range offer multiple ultraviolet or infrared, no
and supervisors clearly informed product advantages and guarantee dissipation heat.
on the machine or installation a time saving cost-effective • High resistance to mechanical
status. solution to your automation needs, shock and vibration
its main characteristics are: • Long life (>30.000 hours).
The pushbuttons, selector switches
• Energy efficiency due to their • Operators up to 2 electrical
and emergency mushroom stops
low power consumption. contacts
are designed for installation or
• Modern design. • Metal bezel
machine control (contact
• Great versatility and variety of • Screw clamp terminal
functions)
colours (RGB). The light emitted connections
According to standards monochromatic stands out for
its purity that reproduces
• IEC 60947-5-1
perfectly basic colours without
• EN/IEC 60947-1
need to use any filter.
• IEC60529
284
Compact indicator
and operator units
Pilot lights and buzzers

Reference system
4 60 L 230 R
Colour
Type A Yellow
4 16,5mm fixing B White

N Black
5 22,5mm fixing
Voltage R Red
Z 22,5mm Buzzer
Light type (depending on model) V Green
 No light
230 230VAC Z Blue
L LED
24 24VAC/DC
Technical data
References 460L230x 560L230x / 560L24x Z60L230R/Z60L24R Z60230N/Z6024N
Current rating 10-20mA <20mA 50mA 40mA
Voltage 230VAC 230VAC o 24VAC-VCC
Lifetime >50.000h >30.000h
Brightness >60cd/cm2 -
Acoustic power - - 50dB a 1m
Frequency - - 2300/2000hz (acute)
Temperature -20ºC / +50ºC
Overvoltage category III
Humidity 45-85%
Protection degree (acc. IEC 60529) IP65 (with gasket) IP55 (with gasket)
Dimensions
One color Multi-LED pilots Bi-color Multi-LED pilots

and Buzzers
Type 4 - 16,5mm 45,5
9 Type Z - 22,5mm
65
15
ø 18,5
ø 14,5
ø 20
ø 30
Type 5 - 22,5mm
www.gave.com 285
Control and
signalling devices
Indicators
One colour Multi-LED Pilots

Fixing Ø16,5mm
Reference 230V AC Reference 24V AC/DC Color Pack.

460L230R 460L24R  Red 20
460L230V 460L24V  Green 20
460L230Z 460L24Z  Blue 20
460L230V 460L230A 460L24A  Yellow 20
460L230B 460L24B  White 20
Fixing Ø22,5mm

560L230R 560L24R  Red 10
560L230V 560L24V  Green 10
560L230Z 560L24Z  Blue 10
560L230A 560L24A  Yellow 10
560L24R
560L230B 560L24B  White 10
Bi-colour Multi-LED Pilots

Fixing Ø22,5mm

560L230VR   Red/green 10
Buzzers
Fixing Ø22,5mm
Reference 230V AC Reference 24V AC/DC Mode Color Pack.

Z60230N Z6024N Acoustic  Black 10
Blinking light +
Z60L230R Z60L24R  Red 10
acoustic
286
Compact indicator
and operator units
Operators
Technical data Dimensions

57.20
Supply IEC 60947-5-1
Utilization category AC AC-15
C
DC DC-13
Ø20.2
Contact NO and NC
NC
6,2
Rated voltage 230VAC 120VAC
2.1
8.25
Ø30.2
Rated current 2A 6A
Electrical life for contacts 0.5 million cycle
70.95
HV Test for 60 sec 2.5kV (All terminals short-circuited together)
22.1
Rated insulation voltage 600VAC
11
Terminals Suitable for conductors 2x1mm to 2x2.5mm2
Ø20.2
18.53
Contact type Make and Break
12
6.2
3.8
Ø30.2
Contact material AgNi/AGCdo
Working temperature -30ºC to 60ºC
IP protection IP65 above panel & IP20 for terminals
Ø20,2
Contacto abierto NC Ø40
Contacto cerrado NO
Disposition of contact 6,2 3,8
48,85 20,15
0 1 2 3 4 4,8
Carrera del contacto 69
References
Flush head
Reference Contacts Color Pack.

P11R 1NO + 1NC  Red 10
P11V 1NA + 1NC  Green 10
P11N 1NO + 1NC  Black 10
Selectors

M11N 1NO + 1NC  Black 10
Mushroom head push function

S11G 1NO + 1NC  Red 10
S02G 1NO + 1NC  Red 10
www.gave.com 287
Control and
signalling devices
Signal tower lights

«A modular tower light system with the advantages
of LED technology and compact size»
Modular tower lights are optical General characteristics Applications

signalling units used to indicate
the various status or sequences of The Gave signalling columns range Tower lights are used in machines
operation of a machine at some incorporate multiple advantages and production process modules
distance. Tower lights can also built over conventional signalling that require transmit signals that
sound signalling units. columns, its highlights are: are received at a certain distance
• Composition up to 4 modules. from the emitting tower light.
According to standards • Universal size Ø50mm. Application examples include
• IEC 60947-5-1 • Visibility of 360º. packaging machines, bottling
• EN/IEC 60947-1 • Led high brightness and long plants, process control panels,
• IEC60529 life> 50,000h. automotive industry, material
• Steady light, blinking or handling, equipment industry...
rotating.
• High protection degree IP65.
• Base fixing into support panel.
• Terminal connection block built
into the base.
• Modules easy to identify.
288
Signal tower lights
Integration
Connection base, pole Visibility
and fixing base, all in one. Lens and LED design for
360º homogeneous
light luminosity.
Integral LED
High brightness light
with shock resistant
Simplicity electronics.
Indication marks for
quick and simple
assembly.
Technical characteristics Characteristics Value

Outer diameter Ø50mm
Protection degree (acc. 60529) IP65
LED type SMD
Lens colour Red / Green / Orange / Blue / White
Luminous mode Continuous, blinking and rotating
Buzzer colour Black
Buzzer sound level 80dB ±5dB
Sound mode Continuous or intermittent
Voltage range 24V AC/DC, 240V AC
Limit of operating voltage ±10% of rated voltage
Working temperature -30ºC up to 60ºC
Surge test 2kV
HV test for 60s 1.5kV
20-40mA for 24VAC/DC
Current rating
10-20mA for 240VAC
www.gave.com 289
Control and
signalling devices
Signal tower lights
References
Continuous LED light
Reference 24V Reference 240V Color

M24A M240A  Yellow
M24Z M240Z  Blue
M24V M240V  Green
M24R M240R  Red
M24B M240B  White
Blinking LED light

M24AI M240AI  Yellow
M24ZI M240ZI  Blue
M24VI M240VI  Green
M24RI M240RI  Red
M24BI M240BI  White
Rotating LED light

M24RR M240RR  Red
Buzzers
Reference 24V Reference 240V Description

MZ24 MZ240 Continuous buzzer
MZ24I MZ240I Intermittent buzzer
Bases and accessories
BSV BS Base unit Length L=60mm*
BSL Base unit Length L=110mm*
Base unit with aluminium bracket and pole.
BEA200
Length L=200mm*
BSV Bracket for side mounting
BS BSL BEA200 *Bases include tower light top cover
290
Signal tower lights
Dimensions
TOP COVER BUZZER UNIT

LED UNIT WITH TOP COVER
BUZZER OR
LED UNIT 4
74
68
LED UNIT 3
53 53
L + 254
LED UNIT 2
L + 197
LED UNIT 1
L + 142
FIXING BASE (BOTTOM VIEW)

Screws M5
L + 87
38
CONNECTION
L + 32
POLE BASE
L
38
Ø54
Ø17.5
69.90
BRACKET SIDE MOUNTING BASE BRACKET

WITH ALUMINIUM POLE
70
Ø 52,5
33,7
87,2
Ƒ
52,2
Ø 24
L
70
27
47
20
56
Ø
9
www.gave.com 291
References index
References index
REFERENCE PAGE REFERENCE PAGE REFERENCE PAGE

0NEUTRO 245 30F32GLIF 242 32F40GL 243
1NEUTRO 245 31F2AM 244 32F40GLIF 243
2NEUTRO 245 31F2AMIF 244 32F50AM 245
21KE 262 31F2GL 243 32F50AMIF 245
21KE 263 31F2GLIF 243 32F50GL 243
23KE 264 31F4AM 244 32F50GLIF 243
23KE 265 31F4AMIF 244 32F63AM 245
29F2GL 242 31F4GL 243 32F63AMIF 245
29F2GLIF 242 31F4GLIF 243 32F63GL 243
29F4GL 242 31F6AM 244 32F63GLIF 243
29F4GLIF 242 31F6AMIF 244 32F80AM 245
29F6GL 242 31F6GL 243 32F80AMIF 245
29F6GLIF 242 31F6GLIF 243 32F80GL 243
29F10GL 242 31F8AM 244 32F80GLIF 243
29F10GLIF 242 31F8AMIF 244 32F100AM 245
29F16GL 242 31F8GL 243 32F100AMIF 245
29F16GLIF 242 31F8GLIF 243 32F100GL 243
29F20GL 242 31F10AM 244 32F100GLIF 243
29F20GLIF 242 31F10AMIF 244 32F125AM 245
29F25GL 242 31F10GL 243 32F125AMIF 245
29F25GLIF 242 31F10GLIF 243 32F125GL 243
30F1AM 244 31F12AM 244 32F125GLIF 243
30F1GL 242 31F12AMIF 244 41F2 246
30F2AM 244 31F12GL 243 41F4 246
30F2AMIF 244 31F12GLIF 243 41F6 246
30F2GL 242 31F16AM 244 41F10 246
30F2GLIF 242 31F16AMIF 244 41F16 246
30F2PV 245 31F16GL 243 42F20 246
30F4AM 244 31F16GLIF 243 42F25 246
30F4AMIF 244 31F20AM 244 42F35 246
30F4GL 242 31F20AMIF 244 42F50 246
30F4GLIF 242 31F20GL 243 42F63 246
30F05GL 242 31F20GLIF 243 43F80 246
30F6AM 244 31F20PV 245 43F100 246
30F6AMIF 244 31F25AM 244 51SEP 272
30F6GL 242 31F25AMIF 244 52SEP 272
30F6GLIF 242 31F25GL 243 53SEP 272
30F6PV 245 31F25GLIF 243 55SEP 272
30F8AM 244 31F25PV 245 56SEP 272
30F8AMIF 244 31F32AM 244 80F0,5 247
30F8GL 242 31F32AMIF 244 80F1 247
30F8GLIF 242 31F32GL 243 80F1,6 247
30F8PV 245 31F32GLIF 243 80F2 247
30F10AM 244 31F32PV 245 80F2,5 247
30F10AMIF 244 31F40AM 244 80F3 247
30F10GL 242 31F40AMIF 244 80F3,15 247
30F10GLIF 242 31F40GL 243 80F4 247
30F10PV 245 31F40GLIF 243 80F5 247
30F12AM 244 31F50AM 244 80F6 247
30F12AMIF 244 31F50AMIF 244 80F6,3 247
30F12GL 242 31F50GL 243 80F8 247
30F12GLIF 242 31F50GLIF 243 80F10 247
30F12PV 245 32F16AM 245 80F12,5 247
30F15PV 245 32F16AMIF 245 80F16 247
30F16AM 244 32F16GL 243 80F20 247
30F16AMIF 244 32F16GLIF 243 201 262
30F16GL 242 32F20AM 245 202 262
30F16GLIF 242 32F20AMIF 245 203 262
30F20AM 244 32F20GL 243 203N 262
30F20AMIF 244 32F20GLIF 243 211 263
30F20GL 242 32F25AM 245 211N 263
30F20GLIF 242 32F25AMIF 245 211PV 266
30F20PV 245 32F25GL 243 212 263
30F25AM 244 32F25GLIF 243 212PV 266
30F25AMIF 244 32F32AM 245 213 263
30F25GL 242 32F32AMIF 245 213N 263
30F25GLIF 242 32F32GL 243 221 264
30F32AM 244 32F32GLIF 243 222 264
30F32AMIF 244 32F40AM 245 223 264
30F32GL 242 32F40AMIF 245 223N 264
www.gave.com 293
General Catalogue

231 265 66930125 252 A-551C100 29
232 265 67020016 250 A-552A100 29
233 265 67020020 250 A-552B100 29
233N 265 67020025 250 A-552C100 29
460L230A 286 67020032 250 A-553A100 29
460L230B 286 67020040 250 A-553B100 29
460L230R 286 67020050 250 A-553C100 29
460L230V 286 67020063 250 A-560A100 31
460L230Z 286 67020080 250 A-560B100 31
511 269 67020100 250 A-560C100 31
513 269 67020125 250 A-561A100 31
521 269 67020160 250 A-561B100 31
523 269 67030016 252 A-561C100 31
531 270 67030020 252 A-562A100 31
531PV 273 67030025 252 A-562B100 31
533 270 67030032 252 A-562C100 31
541 270 67030040 252 A-563A100 31
541PV 273 67030050 252 A-563B100 31
543 270 67030063 252 A-563C100 31
551 271 67030080 252 A-570A100 33
551PV 273 67030100 252 A-570B100 33
553 271 67030125 252 A-570C100 33
560L230A 286 67030160 252 A-571A100 33
560L230B 286 67120063 251 A-571B100 33
560L230R 286 67120080 251 A-571C100 33
560L230V 286 67120100 251 A-572A100 33
560L230VR 286 67120125 251 A-572B100 33
560L230Z 286 67120160 251 A-572C100 33
561 271 67120200 251 A-573A100 33
711 276 67120250 251 A-573B100 33
713 276 67130063 253 A-573C100 33
713PC 276 67130080 253 A-5500TCS 74
714 276 67130100 253 A-5500TCS2 74
731 277 67130125 253 A-5500TCS4 74
733 277 67130160 253 A-5500TIS 72
733PC 277 67130200 253 A-5500TIS2 72
734 277 67130250 253 A-5500TIS4 72
743 278 67220160 251 A-5500TZS 73
743PC 278 67220200 251 A-5500TZS2 73
753 279 67220250 251 A-5500TZS4 73
754 279 67220315 251 A-5501TCS 74
1475M 211 67220355 251 A-5501TCS2 74
5400 3016 132 67220400 251 A-5501TCS4 74
5400 3025 132 67230160 253 A-5501TIS 72
5400 4016 132 67230200 253 A-5501TIS2 72
5400 4025 132 67230250 253 A-5501TIS4 72
64010011 272 67230315 253 A-5501TZS 73
66920006 250 67230355 253 A-5501TZS2 73
66920010 250 67230400 253 A-5501TZS4 73
66920016 250 67320315 251 A-5502TCS 74
66920020 250 67320400 251 A-5502TCS2 74
66920025 250 67320500 251 A-5502TCS4 74
66920032 250 67320630 251 A-5502TIS 72
66920040 250 67330315 253 A-5502TIS2 72
66920050 250 67330400 253 A-5502TIS4 72
66920063 250 67330500 253 A-5502TZS 73
66920080 250 67330630 253 A-5502TZS2 73
66920100 250 67420630 251 A-5502TZS4 73
66920125 250 67420800 251 A-5510TCS 74
66920160 250 67421000 251 A-5510TCS2 74
66930010 252 67421200 251 A-5510TCS4 74
66930016 252 67430630 253 A-5510TIS 72
66930020 252 67430800 253 A-5510TIS2 72
66930025 252 67431000 253 A-5510TIS4 72
66930032 252 67431200 253 A-5510TZS 73
66930040 252 A-550A100 29 A-5510TZS2 73
66930050 252 A-550B100 29 A-5510TZS4 73
66930063 252 A-550C100 29 A-5511TCS 74
66930080 252 A-551A100 29 A-5511TCS2 74
66930100 252 A-551B100 29 A-5511TCS4 74
294
References index

A-5511TIS 72 A-5526TCS2 74 A-5533TZS4 73
A-5511TIS2 72 A-5526TCS4 74 A-5534T0S 71
A-5511TIS4 72 A-5526TIS 72 A-5534T0S2 71
A-5511TZS 73 A-5526TIS2 72 A-5534T0S4 71
A-5511TZS2 73 A-5526TIS4 72 A-5534TCS 74
A-5511TZS4 73 A-5526TZS 73 A-5534TCS2 74
A-5512TCS 74 A-5526TZS2 73 A-5534TCS4 74
A-5512TCS2 74 A-5526TZS4 73 A-5534TIS 72
A-5512TCS4 74 A-5527T0S 71 A-5534TIS2 72
A-5512TIS 72 A-5527T0S2 71 A-5534TIS4 72
A-5512TIS2 72 A-5527T0S4 71 A-5534TZS 73
A-5512TIS4 72 A-5527TCS 74 A-5534TZS2 73
A-5512TZS 73 A-5527TCS2 74 A-5534TZS4 73
A-5512TZS2 73 A-5527TCS4 74 A-5536T0S 71
A-5512TZS4 73 A-5527TIS 72 A-5536T0S2 71
A-5520TCS 74 A-5527TIS2 72 A-5536T0S4 71
A-5520TCS2 74 A-5527TIS4 72 A-5536TCS 74
A-5520TCS4 74 A-5527TZS 73 A-5536TCS2 74
A-5520TIS 72 A-5527TZS2 73 A-5536TCS4 74
A-5520TIS2 72 A-5527TZS4 73 A-5536TIS 72
A-5520TIS4 72 A-5529T0S 71 A-5536TIS2 72
A-5520TZS 73 A-5529T0S2 71 A-5536TIS4 72
A-5520TZS2 73 A-5529T0S4 71 A-5536TZS 73
A-5520TZS4 73 A-5529TCS 74 A-5536TZS2 73
A-5521TCS 74 A-5529TCS2 74 A-5536TZS4 73
A-5521TCS2 74 A-5529TCS4 74 A-5537T0S 71
A-5521TCS4 74 A-5529TIS 72 A-5537T0S2 71
A-5521TIS 72 A-5529TIS2 72 A-5537T0S4 71
A-5521TIS2 72 A-5529TIS4 72 A-5537TCS 74
A-5521TIS4 72 A-5529TZS 73 A-5537TCS2 74
A-5521TZS 73 A-5529TZS2 73 A-5537TCS4 74
A-5521TZS2 73 A-5529TZS4 73 A-5537TIS 72
A-5521TZS4 73 A-5530TCS 74 A-5537TIS2 72
A-5522TCS 74 A-5530TCS2 74 A-5537TIS4 72
A-5522TCS2 74 A-5530TCS4 74 A-5537TZS 73
A-5522TCS4 74 A-5530TIS 72 A-5537TZS2 73
A-5522TIS 72 A-5530TIS2 72 A-5537TZS4 73
A-5522TIS2 72 A-5530TIS4 72 A-5539T0S 71
A-5522TIS4 72 A-5530TZS 73 A-5539T0S2 71
A-5522TZS 73 A-5530TZS2 73 A-5539T0S4 71
A-5522TZS2 73 A-5530TZS4 73 A-5539TCS 74
A-5522TZS4 73 A-5531TCS 74 A-5539TCS2 74
A-5523T0S 71 A-5531TCS2 74 A-5539TCS4 74
A-5523T0S2 71 A-5531TCS4 74 A-5539TIS 72
A-5523T0S4 71 A-5531TIS 72 A-5539TIS2 72
A-5523TCS 74 A-5531TIS2 72 A-5539TIS4 72
A-5523TCS2 74 A-5531TIS4 72 A-5539TZS 73
A-5523TCS4 74 A-5531TZS 73 A-5539TZS2 73
A-5523TIS 72 A-5531TZS2 73 A-5539TZS4 73
A-5523TIS2 72 A-5531TZS4 73 A-550012L 68
A-5523TIS4 72 A-5532TCS 74 A-550012L2 68
A-5523TZS 73 A-5532TCS2 74 A-550012L4 68
A-5523TZS2 73 A-5532TCS4 74 A-550112L 68
A-5523TZS4 73 A-5532TIS 72 A-550112L2 68
A-5524T0S 71 A-5532TIS2 72 A-550112L4 68
A-5524T0S2 71 A-5532TIS4 72 A-550212L 68
A-5524T0S4 71 A-5532TZS 73 A-550212L2 68
A-5524TCS 74 A-5532TZS2 73 A-550212L4 68
A-5524TCS2 74 A-5532TZS4 73 A-550312L 68
A-5524TCS4 74 A-5533T0S 71 A-550312L2 68
A-5524TIS 72 A-5533T0S2 71 A-550312L4 68
A-5524TIS2 72 A-5533T0S4 71 A-550412L 68
A-5524TIS4 72 A-5533TCS 74 A-550412L2 68
A-5524TZS 73 A-5533TCS2 74 A-550412L4 68
A-5524TZS2 73 A-5533TCS4 74 A-550612L 68
A-5524TZS4 73 A-5533TIS 72 A-550612L2 68
A-5526T0S 71 A-5533TIS2 72 A-550612L4 68
A-5526T0S2 71 A-5533TIS4 72 A-550712L 68
A-5526T0S4 71 A-5533TZS 73 A-550712L2 68
A-5526TCS 74 A-5533TZS2 73 A-550712L4 68
www.gave.com 295
General Catalogue

A-550912L 68 A-553712L2 68 A-563212L4 70
A-550912L2 68 A-553712L4 68 A-563312L 70
A-550912L4 68 A-553912L 68 A-563312L2 70
A-551012L 68 A-553912L2 68 A-563312L4 70
A-551012L2 68 A-553912L4 68 A-563412L 70
A-551012L4 68 A-560012L 70 A-563412L2 70
A-551112L 68 A-560012L2 70 A-563412L4 70
A-551112L2 68 A-560012L4 70 A-563612L 70
A-551112L4 68 A-560112L 70 A-563612L2 70
A-551212L 68 A-560112L2 70 A-563612L4 70
A-551212L2 68 A-560112L4 70 A-563712L 70
A-551212L4 68 A-560212L 70 A-563712L2 70
A-551312L 68 A-560212L2 70 A-563712L4 70
A-551312L2 68 A-560212L4 70 A-563912L 70
A-551312L4 68 A-561012L 70 A-563912L2 70
A-551412L 68 A-561012L2 70 A-563912L4 70
A-551412L2 68 A-561012L4 70 A-5500000 28
A-551412L4 68 A-561112L 70 A-5501000 28
A-551612L 68 A-561112L2 70 A-5502000 28
A-551612L2 68 A-561112L4 70 A-5502100 28
A-551612L4 68 A-561212L 70 A-5503100 28
A-551712L 68 A-561212L2 70 A-5504100 28
A-551712L2 68 A-561212L4 70 A-5506100 28
A-551712L4 68 A-561312L 70 A-5507100 28
A-551912L 68 A-561312L2 70 A-5509100 28
A-551912L2 68 A-561312L4 70 A-5510000 28
A-551912L4 68 A-561412L 70 A-5511000 28
A-552012L 68 A-561412L2 70 A-5512000 28
A-552012L2 68 A-561412L4 70 A-5512100 28
A-552012L4 68 A-561612L 70 A-5513100 28
A-552112L 68 A-561612L2 70 A-5514100 28
A-552112L2 68 A-561612L4 70 A-5516100 28
A-552112L4 68 A-561712L 70 A-5517100 28
A-552212L 68 A-561712L2 70 A-5519100 28
A-552212L2 68 A-561712L4 70 A-5520000 28
A-552212L4 68 A-561912L 70 A-5521000 28
A-552312L 68 A-561912L2 70 A-5522000 28
A-552312L2 68 A-561912L4 70 A-5522100 28
A-552312L4 68 A-562012L 70 A-5523100 28
A-552412L 68 A-562012L2 70 A-5524100 28
A-552412L2 68 A-562012L4 70 A-5526100 28
A-552412L4 68 A-562112L 70 A-5527100 28
A-552612L 68 A-562112L2 70 A-5529100 28
A-552612L2 68 A-562112L4 70 A-5530000 28
A-552612L4 68 A-562212L 70 A-5531000 28
A-552712L 68 A-562212L2 70 A-5532000 28
A-552712L2 68 A-562212L4 70 A-5532100 28
A-552712L4 68 A-562312L 70 A-5533100 28
A-552912L 68 A-562312L2 70 A-5534100 28
A-552912L2 68 A-562312L4 70 A-5536100 28
A-552912L4 68 A-562412L 70 A-5537100 28
A-553012L 68 A-562412L2 70 A-5539100 28
A-553012L2 68 A-562412L4 70 A-5550000 28
A-553012L4 68 A-562612L 70 A-5551000 28
A-553112L 68 A-562612L2 70 A-5552000 28
A-553112L2 68 A-562612L4 70 A-5552100 28
A-553112L4 68 A-562712L 70 A-5553100 28
A-553212L 68 A-562712L2 70 A-5554100 28
A-553212L2 68 A-562712L4 70 A-5556100 28
A-553212L4 68 A-562912L 70 A-5557100 28
A-553312L 68 A-562912L2 70 A-5560000 28
A-553312L2 68 A-562912L4 70 A-5561000 28
A-553312L4 68 A-563012L 70 A-5562000 28
A-553412L 68 A-563012L2 70 A-5562100 28
A-553412L2 68 A-563012L4 70 A-5563100 28
A-553412L4 68 A-563112L 70 A-5564100 28
A-553612L 68 A-563112L2 70 A-5566100 28
A-553612L2 68 A-563112L4 70 A-5567100 28
A-553612L4 68 A-563212L 70 A-5570000 28
A-553712L 68 A-563212L2 70 A-5571000 28
296
References index

A-5572000 28 A-5712100 32 A-5906100 34
A-5572100 28 A-5713100 32 A-5907100 34
A-5573100 28 A-5714100 32 A-5910000 34
A-5574100 28 A-5716100 32 A-5911000 34
A-5576100 28 A-5717100 32 A-5912000 34
A-5577100 28 A-5719100 32 A-5912100 34
A-5600000 30 A-5720000 32 A-5913100 34
A-5601000 30 A-5721000 32 A-5914100 34
A-5602000 30 A-5722000 32 A-5916100 34
A-5602100 30 A-5722100 32 A-5917100 34
A-5603100 30 A-5723100 32 A-5920000 34
A-5604100 30 A-5724100 32 A-5921000 34
A-5606100 30 A-5726100 32 A-5922000 34
A-5607100 30 A-5727100 32 A-5922100 34
A-5609100 30 A-5729100 32 A-5923100 34
A-5610000 30 A-5730000 32 A-5924100 34
A-5611000 30 A-5731000 32 A-5926100 34
A-5612000 30 A-5732000 32 A-5927100 34
A-5612100 30 A-5732100 32 A-6000000 34
A-5613100 30 A-5733100 32 A-6001000 34
A-5614100 30 A-5734100 32 A-6002000 34
A-5616100 30 A-5736100 32 A-6002100 34
A-5617100 30 A-5737100 32 A-6003100 34
A-5619100 30 A-5739100 32 A-6004100 34
A-5620000 30 A-5750000 32 A-6006100 34
A-5621000 30 A-5751000 32 A-6007100 34
A-5622000 30 A-5752000 32 A-6010000 34
A-5622100 30 A-5752100 32 A-6011000 34
A-5623100 30 A-5753100 32 A-6012000 34
A-5624100 30 A-5754100 32 A-6012100 34
A-5626100 30 A-5756100 32 A-6013100 34
A-5627100 30 A-5757100 32 A-6014100 34
A-5629100 30 A-5760000 32 A-6016100 34
A-5630000 30 A-5761000 32 A-6017100 34
A-5631000 30 A-5762000 32 A-6020000 34
A-5632000 30 A-5762100 32 A-6021000 34
A-5632100 30 A-5763100 32 A-6022000 34
A-5633100 30 A-5764100 32 A-6022100 34
A-5634100 30 A-5766100 32 A-6023100 34
A-5636100 30 A-5767100 32 A-6024100 34
A-5637100 30 A-5800000 33 A-6026100 34
A-5639100 30 A-5801000 33 A-6027100 34
A-5650000 30 A-5802000 33 A-6100000 35
A-5651000 30 A-5802100 33 A-6101000 35
A-5652000 30 A-5803100 33 A-6102000 35
A-5652100 30 A-5804100 33 A-6102100 35
A-5653100 30 A-5806100 33 A-6103100 35
A-5654100 30 A-5807100 33 A-6104100 35
A-5656100 30 A-5810000 33 A-6106100 35
A-5657100 30 A-5811000 33 A-6107100 35
A-5660000 30 A-5812000 33 A-6110000 35
A-5661000 30 A-5812100 33 A-6111000 35
A-5662000 30 A-5813100 33 A-6112000 35
A-5662100 30 A-5814100 33 A-6112100 35
A-5663100 30 A-5816100 33 A-6113100 35
A-5664100 30 A-5817100 33 A-6114100 35
A-5666100 30 A-5820000 33 A-6116100 35
A-5667100 30 A-5821000 33 A-6117100 35
A-5700000 32 A-5822000 33 A-6120000 35
A-5701000 32 A-5822100 33 A-6121000 35
A-5702000 32 A-5823100 33 A-6122000 35
A-5702100 32 A-5824100 33 A-6122100 35
A-5703100 32 A-5826100 33 A-6123100 35
A-5704100 32 A-5827100 33 A-6124100 35
A-5706100 32 A-5900000 34 A-6126100 35
A-5707100 32 A-5901000 34 A-6127100 35
A-5709100 32 A-5902000 34 A-6130000 35
A-5710000 32 A-5902100 34 A-6131000 35
A-5711000 32 A-5903100 34 A-6132000 35
A-5712000 32 A-5904100 34 A-6132100 35
www.gave.com 297
General Catalogue

A-6133100 35 A-6302000 36 A-6800000 38
A-6134100 35 A-6302100 37 A-6801000 38
A-6136100 35 A-6303100 37 A-6802000 38
A-6137100 35 A-6304100 37 A-6802100 38
A-6140000 35 A-6306100 37 A-6803100 38
A-6141000 35 A-6307100 37 A-6804100 38
A-6142000 35 A-6310000 36 A-6806100 38
A-6142100 35 A-6311000 36 A-6807100 38
A-6143100 35 A-6312000 36 A-6810000 38
A-6144100 35 A-6312100 37 A-6811000 38
A-6146100 35 A-6313100 37 A-6812000 38
A-6147100 35 A-6314100 37 A-6812100 38
A-6150000 35 A-6316100 37 A-6813100 38
A-6151000 35 A-6317100 37 A-6814100 38
A-6152000 35 A-6320000 36 A-6816100 38
A-6152100 35 A-6321000 36 A-6817100 38
A-6153100 35 A-6322000 36 A-6820000 38
A-6154100 35 A-6322100 37 A-6821000 38
A-6156100 35 A-6323100 37 A-6822000 38
A-6157100 35 A-6324100 37 A-6822100 38
A-6200000 36 A-6326100 37 A-6823100 38
A-6201000 36 A-6327100 37 A-6824100 38
A-6202000 36 A-6400000 37 A-6826100 38
A-6202100 36 A-6401000 37 A-6827100 38
A-6203100 36 A-6402000 37 A-7000000 39
A-6204100 36 A-6402100 37 A-7001000 39
A-6206100 36 A-6403100 37 A-7002000 39
A-6207100 36 A-6404100 37 A-7002100 39
A-6210000 36 A-6406100 37 A-7003100 39
A-6211000 36 A-6407100 37 A-7004100 39
A-6212000 36 A-6410000 37 A-7006100 39
A-6212100 36 A-6411000 37 A-7007100 39
A-6213100 36 A-6412000 37 A-7430000 39
A-6214100 36 A-6412100 37 A-7431000 39
A-6216100 36 A-6413100 37 A-7432000 39
A-6217100 36 A-6414100 37 A-7432100 39
A-6220000 36 A-6416100 37 A-7440000 39
A-6221000 36 A-6417100 37 A-7441000 39
A-6222000 36 A-6430000 37 A-7442000 39
A-6222100 36 A-6431000 37 A-7442100 39
A-6223100 36 A-6432000 37 A-7460000 39
A-6224100 36 A-6432100 37 A-7461000 39
A-6226100 36 A-6433100 37 A-7462000 39
A-6227100 36 A-6434100 37 A-7462100 39
A-6230000 36 A-6436100 37 A-7470000 39
A-6231000 36 A-6437100 37 A-7471000 39
A-6232000 36 A-6470000 37 A-7472000 39
A-6232100 36 A-6471000 37 A-7472100 39
A-6233100 36 A-6472000 37 A-7600000 40
A-6234100 36 A-6472100 37 A-7601000 40
A-6236100 36 A-6473100 37 A-7602000 40
A-6237100 36 A-6474100 37 A-7602100 40
A-6240000 36 A-6476100 37 A-7603100 40
A-6241000 36 A-6477100 37 A-7604100 40
A-6242000 36 A-6700000 38 A-7610000 40
A-6242100 36 A-6701000 38 A-7611000 40
A-6243100 36 A-6702000 38 A-7612000 40
A-6244100 36 A-6702100 38 A-7612100 40
A-6246100 36 A-6703100 38 A-7613100 40
A-6247100 36 A-6704100 38 A-7614100 40
A-6250000 36 A-6706100 38 A-7620000 40
A-6251000 36 A-6707100 38 A-7621000 40
A-6252000 36 A-6710000 38 A-7622000 40
A-6252100 36 A-6711000 38 A-7622100 40
A-6253100 36 A-6712000 38 A-7623100 40
A-6254100 36 A-6712100 38 A-7624100 40
A-6256100 36 A-6713100 38 A-7630000 40
A-6257100 36 A-6714100 38 A-7631000 40
A-6300000 36 A-6716100 38 A-7632000 40
A-6301000 36 A-6717100 38 A-7632100 40
298
References index

A-7633100 40 AB55641F4 118 AB552412L4 69
A-7634100 40 AB55641F6 119 AB552612L 69
A-7670000 40 AB55661F4 118 AB552612L2 69
A-7671000 40 AB55661F6 119 AB552612L4 69
A-7672000 40 AB55671F4 118 AB552712L 69
A-7672100 40 AB55671F6 119 AB552712L2 69
A-7673100 40 AB55691F4 118 AB552712L4 69
A-7674100 40 AB55691F6 119 AB552912L 69
A-8000000 40 AB550012L 69 AB552912L2 69
A-8001000 40 AB550012L2 69 AB552912L4 69
A-8002000 40 AB550012L4 69 AB553012L 69
A-8002100 40 AB550112L 69 AB553012L2 69
A-8003100 40 AB550112L2 69 AB553012L4 69
A-8004100 40 AB550112L4 69 AB553112L 69
A-8200000 29 AB550212L 69 AB553112L2 69
A-8201000 29 AB550212L2 69 AB553112L4 69
A-8202000 29 AB550212L4 69 AB553212L 69
A-8202100 29 AB550312L 69 AB553212L2 69
A-8300000 31 AB550312L2 69 AB553212L4 69
A-8301000 31 AB550312L4 69 AB553312L 69
A-8302000 31 AB550412L 69 AB553312L2 69
A-8302100 31 AB550412L2 69 AB553312L4 69
A-8400000 40 AB550412L4 69 AB553412L 69
A-8401000 40 AB550612L 69 AB553412L2 69
A-8402000 40 AB550612L2 69 AB553412L4 69
A-8402100 40 AB550612L4 69 AB553612L 69
A-8403100 40 AB550712L 69 AB553612L2 69
A-8404100 40 AB550712L2 69 AB553612L4 69
A-8710000 38 AB550712L4 69 AB553712L 69
A-8711000 38 AB550912L 69 AB553712L2 69
A-8712000 38 AB550912L2 69 AB553712L4 69
A-8712100 38 AB550912L4 69 AB553912L 69
AB551A100 42 AB551012L 69 AB553912L2 69
AB551B100 42 AB551012L2 69 AB553912L4 69
AB551C100 42 AB551012L4 69 AB5510000 42
AB552A100 42 AB551112L 69 AB5511000 42
AB552A107 101 AB551112L2 69 AB5511009 109
AB552A108 105 AB551112L4 69 AB5512000 42
AB552B100 42 AB551212L 69 AB5512009 109
AB552B107 101 AB551212L2 69 AB5512100 42
AB552B108 105 AB551212L4 69 AB5513100 42
AB552C100 42 AB551312L 69 AB5514100 42
AB552C107 101 AB551312L2 69 AB5516100 42
AB552C108 105 AB551312L4 69 AB5517100 42
AB553A100 42 AB551412L 69 AB5519100 42
AB553A107 101 AB551412L2 69 AB5520000 42
AB553A108 105 AB551412L4 69 AB5521000 42
AB553B100 42 AB551612L 69 AB5521007 101
AB553B107 101 AB551612L2 69 AB5521008 105
AB553B108 105 AB551612L4 69 AB5521009 109
AB553C100 42 AB551712L 69 AB5522000 42
AB553C107 101 AB551712L2 69 AB5522009 109
AB553C108 105 AB551712L4 69 AB5522100 42
AB556A1F4 118 AB551912L 69 AB5522107 101
AB556A107 101 AB551912L2 69 AB5522108 105
AB556B1F4 118 AB551912L4 69 AB5523100 42
AB556B107 101 AB552012L 69 AB5523107 101
AB556C1F4 118 AB552012L2 69 AB5523108 105
AB556C107 101 AB552012L4 69 AB5523109 109
AB55221F6 119 AB552112L 69 AB5524100 42
AB55225F3 118 AB552112L2 69 AB5524107 101
AB55241F3 118 AB552112L4 69 AB5524108 105
AB55241F6 119 AB552212L 69 AB5524109 109
AB55261F6 119 AB552212L2 69 AB5526100 42
AB55271F6 119 AB552212L4 69 AB5526107 101
AB55291F6 119 AB552312L 69 AB5526108 105
AB55621F4 118 AB552312L2 69 AB5526109 109
AB55621F6 119 AB552312L4 69 AB5527100 42
AB55625F3 118 AB552412L 69 AB5527107 101
AB55641F3 118 AB552412L2 69 AB5527108 105
www.gave.com 299
General Catalogue

AB5527109 109 AC556A107 101 AC5562009 109
AB5529100 42 AC556B107 101 AC5562107 101
AB5529107 101 AC556C107 101 AC5562108 105
AB5529108 105 AC5510000 43 AC5563107 101
AB5529109 109 AC5511000 43 AC5563108 105
AB5530000 42 AC5511009 109 AC5563109 109
AB5531000 42 AC5512000 43 AC5564107 101
AB5531007 101 AC5512009 109 AC5564108 105
AB5531008 105 AC5512100 43 AC5564109 109
AB5532000 42 AC5513100 43 AC5566107 101
AB5532100 42 AC5514100 43 AC5566108 105
AB5532107 101 AC5516100 43 AC5566109 109
AB5532108 105 AC5517100 43 AC5567107 101
AB5533100 42 AC5519100 43 AC5567108 105
AB5533107 101 AC5520000 43 AC5567109 109
AB5533108 105 AC5521000 43 AC5569107 101
AB5534100 42 AC5521007 101 AC5569108 105
AB5534107 101 AC5521008 105 AC5569109 109
AB5534108 105 AC5521009 109 AEB112211 89
AB5536100 42 AC5522000 43 AEB122211 89
AB5536107 101 AC5522009 109 AEL102010 86
AB5536108 105 AC5522100 43 AEL202010 86
AB5537100 42 AC5522107 101 AEP112010 86
AB5537107 101 AC5522108 105 AEP222010 86
AB5537108 105 AC5523100 43 AES112000 86
AB5539100 42 AC5523107 101 AES122000 86
AB5539107 101 AC5523108 105 AET113211 91
AB5539108 105 AC5523109 109 AET123211 91
AB5561007 101 AC5524100 43 AEV112000 86
AB5561008 105 AC5524107 101 AEV212000 86
AB5561009 109 AC5524108 105 AGB112211 89
AB5562009 109 AC5524109 109 AGB122211 89
AB5562107 101 AC5526100 43 AGT113211 91
AB5562108 105 AC5526107 101 AGT123211 91
AB5563107 101 AC5526108 105 AH5510000 41
AB5563108 105 AC5526109 109 AH5511000 41
AB5563109 109 AC5527100 43 AH5512000 41
AB5564107 101 AC5527107 101 AH5520000 41
AB5564108 105 AC5527108 105 AH5521000 41
AB5564109 109 AC5527109 109 AH5522000 41
AB5566107 101 AC5529100 43 AH5530000 41
AB5566108 105 AC5529107 101 AH5531000 41
AB5566109 109 AC5529108 105 AH5532000 41
AB5567107 101 AC5529109 109 AI552A108 105
AB5567108 105 AC5530000 43 AI552B108 105
AB5567109 109 AC5531000 43 AI552C108 105
AB5569107 101 AC5531007 101 AI553A108 105
AB5569108 105 AC5531008 105 AI553B108 105
AB5569109 109 AC5532000 43 AI553C108 105
AC551A100 43 AC5532100 43 AI5521008 105
AC551B100 43 AC5532107 101 AI5522108 105
AC551C100 43 AC5532108 105 AI5523108 105
AC552A100 43 AC5533100 43 AI5524108 105
AC552A107 101 AC5533107 101 AI5526108 105
AC552A108 105 AC5533108 105 AI5527108 105
AC552B100 43 AC5534100 43 AI5529108 105
AC552B107 101 AC5534107 101 AI5531008 105
AC552B108 105 AC5534108 105 AI5532108 105
AC552C100 43 AC5536100 43 AI5533108 105
AC552C107 101 AC5536107 101 AI5534108 105
AC552C108 105 AC5536108 105 AI5536108 105
AC553A100 43 AC5537100 43 AI5537108 105
AC553A107 101 AC5537107 101 AI5539108 105
AC553A108 105 AC5537108 105 AI5561008 105
AC553B100 43 AC5539100 43 AI5562108 105
AC553B107 101 AC5539107 101 AI5563108 105
AC553B108 105 AC5539108 105 AI5564108 105
AC553C100 43 AC5561007 101 AI5566108 105
AC553C107 101 AC5561008 105 AI5567108 105
AC553C108 105 AC5561009 109 AI5569108 105
300
References index

AJ5510000 41 AK1040040 87 AK2420123F 76
AJ5511000 41 AK1100011 50 AK2420126F 76
AJ5512000 41 AK1100016 50 AK2422123F 76
AJ5520000 41 AK1100021 50 AK2422126F 76
AJ5521000 41 AK1100026 50 AK2423123F 76
AJ5522000 41 AK1100041 50 AK2423126F 76
AJ5530000 41 AK1100046 50 AK2440103F 76
AJ5531000 41 AK1200143 53 AK2440106F 76
AJ5532000 41 AK1200146 53 AK2440123F 76
AK0000003 48 AK1200146 132 AK2440126F 76
AK0000006 48 AK1200148 53 AK2442123F 76
AK250-123F 77 AK1200148 132 AK2442126F 76
AK250-123FC 77 AK1200523 53 AK2443123F 76
AK250-123FI 77 AK1200526 53 AK2443126F 76
AK250-123FZ 77 AK1200526 132 AK2503120D 75
AK250-126F 77 AK1200528 53 AK2503123F 77
AK250-126FC 77 AK1200528 132 AK2503123FC 77
AK250-126FI 77 AK1230503 78 AK2503123FI 77
AK250-126FZ 77 AK1230506 78 AK2503123FZ 77
AK252-123F 77 AK1300143 54 AK2503126F 77
AK252-123FC 77 AK1300523 54 AK2503126FC 77
AK252-123FI 77 AK1330400 78 AK2503126FI 77
AK252-123FZ 77 AK1331400 78 AK2503126FZ 77
AK252-126F 77 AK1630003 49 AK2523120D 75
AK252-126FC 77 AK1630006 49 AK2523123F 77
AK252-126FI 77 AK1640003 49 AK2523123FC 77
AK252-126FZ 77 AK1640006* 49 AK2523123FI 77
AK254-123F 77 AK1730003 49 AK2523123FZ 77
AK254-123FC 77 AK1730006 49 AK2523126F 77
AK254-123FI 77 AK1740003 49 AK2523126FC 77
AK254-123FZ 77 AK1740006* 49 AK2523126FI 77
AK254-126F 77 AK1800100 51 AK2523126FZ 77
AK254-126FC 77 AK1800104 51 AK2543120D 75
AK254-126FI 77 AK1800200 51 AK2543123F 77
AK254-126FZ 77 AK1800204 51 AK2543123FC 77
AK0100007 48 AK1800400 51 AK2543123FI 77
AK0230003 49 AK1800404 51 AK2543123FZ 77
AK0230006 49 AK1830400 51 AK2543126F 77
AK0240003 49 AK1830404 51 AK2543126FC 77
AK0240006* 49 AK1900100 51 AK2543126FI 77
AK0601000 55 AK1900104 51 AK2543126FZ 77
AK0601001 55 AK1900200 51 AK2700010 54
AK0602000 55 AK1900204 51 AK2700017 54
AK0602001 55 AK2000010 52 AK2700046 54
AK0603000 55 AK2000011 52 AMB012201 89
AK0603001 55 AK2000016 52 AMB022201 89
AK0702009 55 AK2000018 52 AMB112201 89
AK0703009 55 AK2000020 52 AMB122201 89
AK0704009 55 AK2000021 52 AMS012000 86
AK0800003 48 AK2000026 52 AMS022000 86
AK0800006 48 AK2000028 52 AMS112000 86
AK1000010 50 AK2000040 52 AMS122000 86
AK1000011 50 AK2000041 52 AMT113211 91
AK1000016 50 AK2000046 52 AMT123211 91
AK1000020 50 AK2000048 52 AP325904- 87
AK1000021 50 AK2240003 55 AP325906- 87
AK1000026 50 AK2240006 55 AP326904- 87
AK1000040 50 AK2240006 132 AP327906- 87
AK1000041 50 AK2260003 78 AP341904- 87
AK1000046 50 AK2260006 78 AP3289040 87
AK1010040 50 AK2400103F 76 AR01 179
AK1010041 50 AK2400106F 76 AR01-24AC 179
AK1010046 50 AK2400123F 76 AR02 180
AK1020020 87 AK2400126F 76 AR02-24AC 180
AK1020050 87 AK2402123F 76 AR03 181
AK1030020 87 AK2402126F 76 AR03-24AC 181
AK1030030 87 AK2403123F 76 BEA200 290
AK1030050 87 AK2403126F 76 BGX 167
AK1030060 87 AK2420103F 76 BGX 167
AK1030070 87 AK2420106F 76 BGX10 167
www.gave.com 301
General Catalogue

BGX10 167 CTB14025P 158 LD563A100 130
BHN 182 CTD14006 158 LD563B100 130
BL02C 164 CTD14006G 158 LD563C100 130
BL10C 164 CTD14006P 158 LD983A100 130
BR06C 165 CTD14010 158 LD983B100 130
BR06I 165 CTD14010G 158 LD983C100 130
BR10C 165 CTD14010P 158 LD984A100 130
BR10I 165 CTD14012 158 LD984B100 130
BR-L06I 166 CTD14012G 158 LD984C100 130
BRM06C 165 CTD14012P 158 LD5426100 130
BRM06I 165 CTD14016 158 LD5427100 130
BRM10C 165 CTD14016P 158 LD5429100 130
BS 290 CTD14020 158 LD5436100 130
BSL 290 CTD14020P 158 LD5437100 130
BSV 290 CTD14025 158 LD5439100 130
BW02C 164 CTD14025P 158 LD5626100 130
BW10C 164 CTL14006 155 LD5627100 130
CA0E2004 153 CTL14006G 155 LD5629100 130
CA0E2006 153 CTL14006P 155 LD5636100 130
CA0E2010 153 CTL14010 155 LD5637100 130
CA0E2012 153 CTL14010G 155 LD5639100 130
CA0E4004 153 CTL14010P 155 LD9836100 130
CA0E4006 153 CTL14012 155 LD9837100 130
CA0E4010 153 CTL14016 155 LD9839100 130
CA0E4012 153 CTL14016G 155 LD9846100 130
CA0E4016 153 CTL14016P 155 LD9847100 130
CA0E4020 153 CTL14020 155 LD9849100 130
CA0E4025 153 CTL14020G 155 LDA42A100 130
CA022004 151 CTL14020P 155 LDA42A107 131
CA022004P 151 CTL14025 155 LDA42B100 130
CA022006 151 CTL14025G 155 LDA42B107 131
CA022006P 151 CTL14025P 155 LDA42C100 130
CA022010 151 DLP-06P1 236 LDA42C107 131
CA022010P 151 DLP-12P1 236 LDA43A100 130
CA022012 151 DLP-48P1 236 LDA43A107 131
CA022012P 151 DLP-170 236 LDA43B100 130
CA024004 151 E2BM 191 LDA43B107 131
CA024004P 151 E2BMA 193 LDA43C100 130
CA024006 151 E2BT 191 LDA43C107 131
CA024006P 151 E2BTA 193 LDA62A100 130
CA024010 151 EBM 188 LDA62A107 131
CA024010P 151 EBMA 193 LDA62B100 130
CA024012 151 EBT 188 LDA62B107 131
CA024012P 151 EBTA 193 LDA62C100 130
CA024016 151 ECM-D 197 LDA62C107 131
CA024016P 151 ECT-D 197 LDA63A100 130
CA024020 151 HN1P 177 LDA63A107 131
CA024020P 151 HN1PLD * 177 LDA63B100 130
CA024025 151 HN2P 178 LDA63B107 131
CA024025P 151 HN12 174 LDA63C100 130
CA042006 152 HN12-12DC 174 LDA63C107 131
CA042010 152 HN12-24AC 174 LDA83A100 130
CA042012 152 HN12A 176 LDA83A107 131
CA044006 152 HN22 175 LDA83B100 130
CA044010 152 HN22-24AC 175 LDA83B107 131
CA044012 152 IM02 169 LDA83C100 130
CA044016 152 IM02DC 169 LDA83C107 131
CA044020 152 IM06 169 LDA84A100 130
CA044025 152 IM06DC 169 LDA84A107 131
CTB14006 158 IM10 169 LDA84B100 130
CTB14006P 158 IM10DC 169 LDA84B107 131
CTB14010 158 LD542A100 130 LDA84C100 130
CTB14010P 158 LD542B100 130 LDA84C107 131
CTB14012 158 LD542C100 130 LDA426100 130
CTB14012P 158 LD543A100 130 LDA426107 131
CTB14016 158 LD543B100 130 LDA427100 130
CTB14016P 158 LD543C100 130 LDA427107 131
CTB14020 158 LD562A100 130 LDA429100 130
CTB14020P 158 LD562B100 130 LDA429107 131
CTB14025 158 LD562C100 130 LDA436100 130
302
References index

LDA436107 131 PST440T 231 Y-5625101 140
LDA437100 130 PSTA50-230 226 Y-5625201 140
LDA437107 131 PSTA50-230N 226 Y-5625301 140
LDA439100 130 PSTC15 230 Y-5634101 140
LDA439107 131 PSTC440 230 Y-5634201 140
LDA626100 130 PSTC440T 230 Y-5634301 140
LDA626107 131 PST-N 231 Y-5635101 140
LDA627100 130 PV-40 235 Y-5635201 140
LDA627107 131 RCT-5 212 Y-5635301 140
LDA629100 130 RCT-16 212 Y-5684101 142
LDA629107 131 RF01-230 203 Y-5684201 142
LDA636100 130 RF01-400 203 Y-5684301 142
LDA636107 131 RF01A-230 204 Y-5685101 142
LDA637100 130 RF01A-400 204 Y-5685201 142
LDA637107 131 RF02-230 206 Y-5685301 142
LDA639100 130 RF02-400 206 Y-5694101 142
LDA639107 131 RF02I-230 206 Y-5694201 142
LDA836100 130 RF02I-400 206 Y-5694301 142
LDA836107 131 RF02N-230 207 Y-5695101 142
LDA837100 130 RF02N-400 207 Y-5695201 142
LDA837107 131 RF02NI-230 207 Y-5695301 142
LDA839100 130 RF02NI-400 207 Y-5804101 144
LDA839107 131 RF03-400 208 Y-5804201 144
LDA846100 130 RF03I-400 208 Y-5804301 144
LDA846107 131 RF03N-400 209 Y-5805101 144
LDA847100 130 RF03NI-400 209 Y-5805201 144
LDA847107 131 RF04 211 Y-5805301 144
LDA849100 130 RF04-B 211 YL392A101 143
LDA849107 131 RF04-B2 211 YL392A201 143
LK0800006 132 RF04-DC 211 YL392A301 143
LK1720006 132 RF011 202 YL392B101 143
M11N 287 RFM04 211 YL392B201 143
M24A 290 RF-UT 205 YL392B301 143
M24AI 290 RF-UT3 205 YL392C101 143
M24B 290 RTM 213 YL392C201 143
M24BI 290 RTM-24 213 YL392C301 143
M24R 290 S02G 287 YL393A101 143
M24RI 290 S11G 287 YL393A201 143
M24RR 290 SCI 168 YL393A301 143
M24V 290 SHN 182 YL393B101 143
M24VI 290 SHNS 182 YL393B201 143
M24Z 290 T25INOX 109 YL393B301 143
M24ZI 290 T32INOX 109 YL393C101 143
M25INOX 109 TM01 216 YL393C201 143
M32INOX 109 TM01-12DC 216 YL393C301 143
MZ24 290 TM01-DC 216 YL541A101 141
MZ24I 290 TM02 218 YL541A201 141
P11N 287 TM02-12DC 218 YL541A301 141
P11R 287 TMETR 219 YL541B101 141
P11V 287 Y-5524101 145 YL541B201 141
PRM 169 Y-5524201 145 YL541B301 141
PSP3 232 Y-5524301 145 YL541C101 141
PSP3Z 232 Y-5525101 145 YL541C201 141
PST2A50 226 Y-5525201 145 YL541C301 141
PST2A50T 226 Y-5525301 145 YL542A101 141
PST4A50 226 Y-5534101 145 YL542A201 141
PST4A50T 226 Y-5534201 145 YL542A301 141
PST4B100 224 Y-5534301 145 YL542B101 141
PST-15 231 Y-5535101 145 YL542B201 141
PST25PV 235 Y-5535201 145 YL542B301 141
PST25PVT 235 Y-5535301 145 YL542C101 141
PST31PV 235 Y-5614101 140 YL542C201 141
PST31PVT 235 Y-5614201 140 YL542C301 141
PST-40 231 Y-5614301 140 YL543A101 141
PST41PV 234 Y-5615101 140 YL543A201 141
PST215 231 Y-5615201 140 YL543A301 141
PST240 231 Y-5615301 140 YL543B101 141
PST240T 231 Y-5624101 140 YL543B201 141
PST415 231 Y-5624201 140 YL543B301 141
PST440 231 Y-5624301 140 YL543C101 141
www.gave.com 303
General Catalogue

YL543C201 141 YL3927301 143 YL5627101 140
YL543C301 141 YL3929101 143 YL5627201 140
YL552A101 145 YL3929201 143 YL5627301 140
YL552A201 145 YL3929301 143 YL5629101 140
YL552A301 145 YL3936101 143 YL5629201 140
YL552B101 145 YL3936201 143 YL5629301 140
YL552B201 145 YL3936301 143 YL5636101 140
YL552B301 145 YL3937101 143 YL5636201 140
YL552C101 145 YL3937201 143 YL5636301 140
YL552C201 145 YL3937301 143 YL5637101 140
YL552C301 145 YL3939101 143 YL5637201 140
YL553A101 145 YL3939201 143 YL5637301 140
YL553A201 145 YL3939301 143 YL5639101 140
YL553A301 145 YL5416101 141 YL5639201 140
YL553B101 145 YL5416201 141 YL5639301 140
YL553B201 145 YL5416301 141 YL5686101 142
YL553B301 145 YL5417101 141 YL5686201 142
YL553C101 145 YL5417201 141 YL5686301 142
YL553C201 145 YL5417301 141 YL5687101 142
YL553C301 145 YL5419101 141 YL5687201 142
YL561A101 140 YL5419201 141 YL5687301 142
YL561A201 140 YL5419301 141 YL5689101 142
YL561A201 140 YL5426101 141 YL5689201 142
YL561A201 140 YL5426201 141 YL5689301 142
YL561A301 140 YL5426301 141 YL5696101 142
YL561B101 140 YL5427101 141 YL5696201 142
YL561B201 140 YL5427201 141 YL5696301 142
YL561B201 140 YL5427301 141 YL5697101 142
YL561B201 140 YL5429101 141 YL5697201 142
YL561B301 140 YL5429201 141 YL5697301 142
YL561C101 140 YL5429301 141 YL5699101 142
YL561C201 140 YL5436101 141 YL5699201 142
YL561C201 140 YL5436201 141 YL5699301 142
YL561C201 140 YL5436301 141 YL6116101 144
YL561C301 140 YL5437101 141 YL6116201 144
YL562A101 140 YL5437201 141 YL6116301 144
YL562A301 140 YL5437301 141 YL6117101 144
YL562B101 140 YL5439101 141 YL6117201 144
YL562B301 140 YL5439201 141 YL6117301 144
YL562C101 140 YL5439301 141 YL6119101 144
YL562C301 140 YL5526101 145 YL6119201 144
YL563A101 140 YL5526201 145 YL6119301 144
YL563A301 140 YL5526301 145 Z60L230R 286
YL563B101 140 YL5527101 145 Z60230N 286
YL563B301 140 YL5527201 145
YL563C101 140 YL5527301 145
YL563C301 140 YL5529101 145
YL569A101 142 YL5529201 145
YL569A201 142 YL5529301 145
YL569A301 142 YL5536101 145
YL569B101 142 YL5536201 145
YL569B201 142 YL5536301 145
YL569B301 142 YL5537101 145
YL569C101 142 YL5537201 145
YL569C201 142 YL5537301 145
YL569C301 142 YL5539101 145
YL611A101 144 YL5539201 145
YL611A201 144 YL5539301 145
YL611A301 144 YL5616101 140
YL611B101 144 YL5616201 140
YL611B201 144 YL5616301 140
YL611B301 144 YL5617101 140
YL611C101 144 YL5617201 140
YL611C201 144 YL5617301 140
YL611C301 144 YL5619101 140
YL3926101 143 YL5619201 140
YL3926201 143 YL5619301 140
YL3926301 143 YL5626101 140
YL3927101 143 YL5626201 140
YL3927201 143 YL5626301 140
304
All information and contents subject to printing or
typographical errors. Product developments may change
information and designations without prior notice.
General catalogue
Industrial switching, control and protection
General catalogue
www.gave.com
P. +34 93 842 22 12
c/ Alfred Nobel, nr. 16, P. O. Box 12 F. +34 93 842 22 27 Follow us on:
PI. Valldoriolf, 08430 La Roca del Vallès gave@gave.com

Barcelona (SPAIN) www.gave.com

Gave General Catalogue en-GC2017 - Low - Unlock

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gave General Catalogue en-GC2017 - Low - Unlock

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

General catalogue

Industrial switching, control and protection

PI. Valldoriolf, 08430 La Roca del Vallès gave@gave.com

low voltage electrical material

Our worldwide presence with

«Advanced system on supply chain

«Working today on tomorrow

We understand innovation as Permanent surveillance on

«Know-how technical capabilities and customer environment ensure a performing

«Ideas mean progress»

Our extensive offer has always Through all manufacturing

18 Standard cam operated switches A5 Series

«Cam switches flexibility, the reliable

A5 switches Position controlled

Safety switches Signal controlled

Bicolor and tricolor

provide intuitive operation and Highly demanding IEC standard

The shaft made of

Metal rods extending

Dedicated components and designs

Double breaking mechanisms

-45 -40 -35 -30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45

Fixing elements, actuators and special connections

Suitable for harsh environments

Gave is able to provide product solutions for applications in harsh

Clean atmosphere 6 to 220V

Thermal rating Ith A 16 20 25 25 40 40 70 100 125 160 200 250

Max. fuse protection (gG-aM) In A 20 25 25 25 40 40 80 125 125 160 200 250

Impulse voltage Uimp kV 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

Operational rating Ie A 12 16 25 25 32 40 63 100 125 160 200 250

Wire Flexible mm2 2,5 - 6 2,5 - 6 2,5 - 6 6 - 16 6 - 16 6 - 16 16 - 50 16 - 50 16 - 50 70 95 120

Torque Nm 1,6 1,6 1,6 2 2 2 3,5 3,5 3,5 - - -

AC 21 kW 3 x 230V 3 5,5 7,5 7,5 11 15 22 37 37 45 55 75

Dummy kW 3 x 400V 7,5 11 15 15 18,5 22 37 55 75 90 110 132

cosØ >0,95 kW 3 x 500V 11 15 18,5 18,5 22 30 45 75 90 110 132 160

AC 22 kW 3 x 230V 2,2 4 7,5 7,5 7,5 11 22 30 30 37 45 55

Mixed load kW 3 x 400V 5,5 7,5 11 11 15 22 30 45 55 75 90 110

0,65 <cosØ <0,95 kW 3 x 500V 7,5 11 15 15 18,5 22 37 55 75 90 110 132

AC 23 kW 3 x 230V 2,2 3 4 4 5,5 7,5 15 18,5 18,5 30 38 -

Motor load VA kW 3 x 400V 4 5,5 7,5 7,5 11 18,5 22 30 37 52 65 -

0,45 <cosØ <0,65 kW 3 x 500V 5,5 7,5 11 11 15 22 30 37 45 65 80 -

AC 11 VA 3 x 110V 600 1000 1400 1400 2000 - - - - - - -

Circuit loads VA 3 x 230V 1200 2000 2800 2800 4000 - - - - - - -

Magnetic VA 3 x 430V 2000 3500 4800 4800 7000 - - - - - - -

1-phase 220-240V hp 1,5 2 3 3 3 5 10 15 15 - - -

An introduction to the market multiple contacts and positions

Size D0 Size D1 Size D2 Size D3

Cam switches technology is assortment of accessories.

Handle 2 Key lockable handle

C Padlock locking (grey / black) Electrical

N Black colour in front plate and handle

Dimensions for standard connection

12,5 10 8 36 28 30/32

25 L 48 48 48

14,5 16,5 15 48

Lever handle from 100A switches

Dimensions for lateral connection

12,5 10 8 36 28 30/32

25 L 48 48 48

General characteristics Reference system

Size D0 Size D1 Size D2 and D3

Interlock kit with